BHT with Full Translator’s NotesJohn 19 =
19
“Here Is the Man!”
1 So then, Pilate had+ Jesus taken away and flogged. 2 The soldiers made a victor’s crown out of branches with thorns+ and put it on his head, and placed this+ around him: A reddish-purple military cloak.+ 3 They kept coming up to him and saying, “Hail, King of the Jews!” and struck him over and over again on the face. 4 Pilate went outside again and said to the crowd,+ “Look, I am bringing him out to ᵖyou to let you know that I can find nothing in him to warrant punishment.” 5 So Jesus came outside, wearing the crown of thorns and the purple cloak. Pilate said to them, “Here is the man!”
6 When the chief priests and the Sanhedrin officers saw him, therefore, they shouted, “Crucify him! Crucify him!”
“ᵖYou take him and crucify him yourselves+!” Pilate said to them. “As for me, I find no reason to condemn him.”+
7 “We have a law,+” replied the Jewish authorities,+ “and according to that law he must be put to death,+ because he claimed to be the Son of God.+”
8 When Pilate heard this statement, therefore, he became even more afraid 9 and went back+ into the governor’s headquarters and asked Jesus, “Where are you from?” Jesus, however, gave him no+ answer.
10 “Do you refuse to speak+ to me?” Pilate said to him. “Surely you realize, don’t you, that I have the authority to order+ you released and the authority to order you crucified?”
11 “You would have no authority over me at all+ unless it had been given to you from above,” replied Jesus. “That is why the one who handed me over to you is guilty of an even+ worse sin.”+
12 From this point on+ Pilate made every effort to release him. The Jewish authorities,+ however, shouted, “If you release this man, you are no ‘Friend of the Emperor.’+ Anyone who claims to be a king+ is rebelling against the Emperor!”
13 Pilate, therefore, when he heard these words, brought Jesus outside and sat down on the judgment seat at a place called the Stone Pavement (in Aramaic,+ Gabbatha). 14 (It was the day of preparation for the Passover, about noon.+) Pilate+ said to the Jewish authorities,+ “Here is your king!”
15 Away with him!” they shouted. “Away with him! Crucify him!”
“Shall I crucify ᵖyour king+?” Pilate asked. “We have no king but the Emperor+!” the chief priests answered.
16 So then, Pilate handed Jesus over to the soldiers for them to crucify him.+
“There They Crucified Him”
So the soldiers+ took charge of Jesus.17 Carrying his own cross, Jesus+ went out to the place called “ Skull+ Place” (which in Aramaic+ is called Golgotha). 18 There they crucified+ him, and along with him two others, one on each side, and in the middle, Jesus.
19 Pilate also had an inscription written and placed on the cross. It read,+ “Jesus of Nazareth, the King of the Jews.” 20 This inscription, therefore, was read by a very+ large number of the Jewish people,+ because the place where Jesus was crucified was near+ the city; it was written in Aramaic,+ Latin, and Greek. 21 So the Jewish chief priests+ said to Pilate, “Don’t write, ‘The King of the Jews,’ but rather, ‘This man said, “I am the King+ of the Jews.” ’ ”
22 “What I have had written,” replied Pilate, “I have written.”
23 Now then, the soldiers, after they had crucified Jesus, took his outer garments and divided them into four parts, one part for each soldier+; they also took+ his long inner garment.+ Now this garment was seamless, woven in one piece from top to bottom. 24 So the soldiers+ said to one another, “Let’s not tear it, but cast lots to see who will get it.” This happened+ so that the Scripture would be fulfilled:
“They divided my garments among themselves,
and cast lots for my clothing.+”+
While+ these things were done, therefore,+ by the soldiers,25 standing near Jesus’ cross were his mother, his mother’s sister, Mary the wife of Clopas, and Mary Magdalene. 26 Jesus, therefore, when he saw his mother and the disciple whom he particularly loved standing there, said to his mother, “Dear+ woman, here is your son.” 27 Then he said to the disciple, “Here is your mother.” And from that time on+ the disciple took her into his own home.
28 After this, Jesus, knowing that everything was now accomplished,+ so that the Scripture would be fulfilled said, “I’m thirsty.”+ 29 Sitting there was a jar+ full of sour wine.+ Placing a sponge soaked with the wine, therefore,+ on a branch of hyssop,+ the soldiers+ held it up to Jesus’+ mouth. 30 When Jesus, then, had swallowed+ the sour wine, he said, “It is finished.” And bowing his head, he gave up his spirit.
31 Now then, it was Preparation+ Day, and because the Jewish authorities+ didn’t want the bodies to remain on the crosses on the Sabbath (that Sabbath, you see, was a particularly special one, because that year the Passover fell on it),+ they asked Pilate to have the men’s legs broken and the bodies taken down.+ 32 So the soldiers came and broke the legs of the two men who had been crucified with Jesus, first the one and then the other.+ 33 When they came, however,+ to Jesus, and saw that he was already dead, they didn’t break his legs. 34 Instead, one of the soldiers pierced, with a spear,+ Jesus’+ side, bringing an immediate flow of blood and water.+ 35 (The one who saw this happen has given a solemn eyewitness account,+ so that ᵖyou, too, may yourselves+ believe. Indeed, his+ report is completely+ reliable,+ and he knows that he is telling the truth.+)+ 36 These things happened, you see, so that the Scripture would be fulfilled: “Not+ one bone of his will be broken.”+ 37 And again,+ as it says in another+ Scripture+: “They will look on the one whom they pierced.”+
“Joseph from Arimathea Asked Pilate If He Could Have Care of Jesus’ Body”
38 After this, Joseph from Arimathea, who was a disciple of Jesus (secretly, though, because he was afraid of the Jewish authorities+), asked Pilate if he could have care of Jesus’ body. Pilate gave him permission, and so he came and took the body away. 39 Nicodemus, the man who had previously come to Jesus+ at night, accompanied Joseph,+ taking with him a mixture of myrrh and aloes weighing about seventy-five pounds.+ 40 The two men+ took Jesus’ body and wrapped it in linen cloth along with the fragrant spices, in keeping with Jewish burial customs.+ 41 Now there was near the place where Jesus+ had been crucified a garden, and in the garden a new tomb that had never been used before.+ 42 In that place, therefore, because it was the Jewish Preparation Day, and since the tomb was nearby,+ they placed Jesus’ body.+
+1:1θεὸς ( theos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+1:3πάντα ( panta) is in P2 (see BART Display), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+1:4ζωὴ ( zōē) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an emphatic adjective and intensive pronoun have been used to give extra focus to this element with the ME (see following note).+1:4Lit in him was life. ME (see translation and notes at Jn 5:26). Cf NLT, TEV. “Life” here doesn’t mean “alive,” but possessing the power to give life as the source of life. Trying to maintain some measure of consistency in translation here with Jn 5:26, so that the connection isn’t lost to English readers.+1:4Cf Ps 36:9.+1:5ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ ( en tē skotia) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+1:5Cf Is 42:5-9; 49:1-6.+1:5Or did not overcome. Here the aorist tense is either functioning gnomically (cf, eg, ISV, NLT, TEV), or is signaling a specific event (cf, eg, HCSB, NRSV).+1:5Or comprehend. Cf 1 Co 2:8. οὐ κατέλαβεν ( ou katelaben) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+1:6Cf the translation of γίνομαι ( ginomai) here with the translation of παραγίνομαι ( paraginomai) at Mt 3:1 (see notes there; see also L-N, 85.7).+1:7Cf CJB, NLT, and TEV at Jn 5:31-32.+1:7IT. If the “through him” that follows is referring to John the Baptist (as most commentators believe; see UBSHS [Jn], 14), then “the light,” ie, the Messiah/Word, is the implied object of faith here. Cf, eg, Jn 3:15-16, 3:36; 4:39.+1:7Lit through him, or through it. ME. Cf NLT.+1:8Lit that man. Cf NET, NLT, TEV.+1:8IT. The verb is implied from the context. Cf most English translations.+1:9Lit He was.+1:9The participle is interpreted as adverbial participle of means. This is reflected in the translation. Cf ISV.+1:9Or The true light, which gives light to every human being, was coming into the world, or He was the true light that gives light to every human being coming into the world. Following the lead of the ISV in translation here. Cf Jn 6:14, 9:39, 11:27, 16:28.+1:10ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ ( en tō kosmō) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore adverbs have been used to give extra focus to this element.+1:10δι’ αὐτοῦ ( di’ autou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+1:10οὐκ ἔγνω ( ouk egnō) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give extra emphasis to this element.+1:11εἰς τὰ ἴδια ( eis ta idia) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft construction and an adverb have been used to give extra focus to this element.+1:11Or to his very own creation. Lit to his own things. ME (see NAC [Jn], 114; UBSHS [Jn], 18). Cf CJB, ISV, NCV, TEV.+1:11οὐ παρέλαβον ( ou parelabon) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+1:12τέκνα θεοῦ ( tekna theou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+1:13Lit who. Cf NET, NIV.+1:13For a discussion of the range of meaning possible with γεννάω ( gennaō), see notes at 1 Pt 1:3. Conception is primarily in view here, with the rest of the birth process also implied on some level. Cf also the translation and notes at Ga 4:21-30.+1:13οὐκ ἐξ αἱμάτων οὐδὲ ἐκ θελήματος σαρκὸς οὐδὲ ἐκ θελήματος ἀνδρὸς ἀλλ’ ἐκ θεοῦ ( ouk ex haimatōn oude ek thelēmatos sarkos oude ek thelēmatos andros all’ ek theou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and contains a point and counterpoint (see LDGNT). Therefore, the negative particle has been placed immediately before the various parts of the counterpoint in order to give extra this element extra focus and emphasis. Commas have also been used to the same end.+1:13Lit not of bloods. ME(I/F/H) (see NET Bible Notes, Jn 1:13).+1:13Lit nor from the will/desire of the flesh. ME (see UBSHS [Jn], 19). Translating “flesh” according to “Flesh” G (see FBT Chart). Cf NET.+1:13Or a husband’s decision.+1:14σὰρξ ( sarx) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adjective (cf the translation at Php 2:7) and commas have been used to give extra focus to this element within the ME (see following note).+1:14Lit The Word became flesh. ME (see translation and notes at Rm 8:3 and Php 2:6-8; FBT Chart, C, F, G, I, M, N; UBSHS [Jn], 21). Translating “flesh” according to “Flesh” G, M (see FBT Chart).+1:14Cf, eg, Ex 40:34; Lv 16:2; Nu 9:15.+1:14Or unique, or only, or one-of-a-kind. For a brief discussion of the meaning of μονογενής ( monogenēs), see NET Bibles Notes, Jn 1:16. Cf ISV, NET. In Heb 11:17, the term is used of Isaac, who wasn’t Abraham’s only son, but his “unique” son in the sense that the covenant was to be confirmed with him and the promises to be fulfilled through his line (cf Gn 17:19, 21:12).+1:14According to BDAG, in a number of places in John, “a local sense [is] preserved” with παρά ( para) (see BDAG, 756, sv 1; cf NAC [Jn], 120). V 18 indicates that this is most likely true here at well. The local aspect is signaled in translation here with “the presence of.” Cf Jn 17:5.+1:14Cf Jn 17:5.+1:14πλήρης ( plērēs) is modifying μονογενοῦς ( monogenous). “And who was” is included in translation here to ensure that the following statement is processed in connection with “the matchless Son,” rather than the “Father” (though of course the Father is also full of steadfast mercy and faithfulness!).+1:14Lit full of grace and truth. ME (OTB) (see LALS, sv ἀλήθεια; Ibid, sv χάρις; NAC [Jn], 121; UBSHS [Jn], 22). Cf the LXX and the MT, eg, at Ge 24:27, 47:29; 2 Sa 2:6, 15:20; 2 Ch 32:1; Ne 9:33; Ps 26:3, 30:9, 35:6, 40:10, 54:5, 69:13, 88:11, 89:5, 92:2, 119:138.+1:15Lit and cried out, saying.+1:15οὗτος ( houtos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore the clause has been structured so as to give extra focus to this element. Cf CJB, ISV, NCV, NLT, TEV.+1:15ὀπίσω μου ( opisō mou) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give extra focus and emphasis to this constituent.+1:15ἔμπροσθέν μου ( emprosthen mou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give extra focus and emphasis to this constituent.+1:15πρῶτός ( prōtos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give extra focus and emphasis to this constituent.+1:16Lit from his fullness. ME (see translation and notes at Eph 3:19; Col 2:9; BDAG, 829, sv 3.b.; NAC [Jn], 123; Robertson, Word Pictures, Jn 1:16; Vincent, Word Studies, 2:57). The UBSHS claims that here πλήρωμα ( plērōma) “is used in a nontechnical sense and refers back to the phrase grace and truth in verse 14” ( UBSHS [Jn], 25, italics original). I disagree. The reference in v 15 to the Son’s pre-existence in the preceding verse makes the “fullness of divine nature” interpretation just as plausible as a limited reference to “grace and truth” in v 14. True, this is only place where the term is used in John’s gospel. Still, this idea was clearly a part of the authoritative body of apostolic teaching that was passed on from church to church, and wasn’t just a part of Paul’s theology (cf 1 Co 11:2, 15:1-3; Ga 1:18, 2:6; Php 2:6-11; 2 Th 2:15; 1 Ti 3:16). “Steadfast love/grace” and “truth/faithfulness” are, of course, an important part of God’s nature, but “fullness” by definition isn’t limited to those aspects.+1:16The LSGNT Notes mark ὅτι ( hoti) here as introducing an explanatory clause (see LSGNT Notes, Jn 1:16, sv).+1:16πάντες ( pantes) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and has therefore been segmented with commas for extra focus.+1:16“Merciful” has been included in the translation to maintain the connection with “steadfast mercy” in vv 14 and 17.+1:16Or blessing. Lit grace. ME (see L-N, 57.103, 88.66; translation and note at “faithfulness” in v 14 above). Cf NCV, NIV, NLT, TEV.+1:16Or one gracious and merciful gift in return for another, or one gracious and merciful gift in place of another, or one gracious and merciful gift for another, or one gracious and merciful gift corresponding to another. ME (see NET Bible Notes, Jn 1:16; UBSHS [Jn], 25). Cf Ex 33:13.+1:17ὁ νόμος ( ho nomos) here is a POD/topical frame (see BART Display and LDGNT).+1:17διὰ Μωϋσέως ( dia Mōuseōs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+1:17Lit grace and truth. ME (see translation and note at v 14).+1:17διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ( dia Yēsou Christou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+1:17Lit have become, or have been done. Cf UBSHS (Jn), 26. “Shown” is the verb typically used in English translations with these concepts in the OT (see, eg, most English translations at Ex 20:6 and Dt 5:10).+1:18Or The matchless/unique/only God. Following the NET in translation here. For a brief discussion of some of the textual and translational questions involved here, see NET Bible Notes, Jn 1:18.+1:18Lit who is at the bosom of the Father. ME(I/F) (see BDAG, 557, sv κόλπος 1; L-N, 34.18; NAC [Jn], 124). Cf NET.+1:19Lit the Jews. ME(H) (see BDAG, 478, sv Ἰουδαῖος, 2.e.β.; NAC [Jn], 126; NET Bible Notes, Jn 1:19; UBSHS [Jn], 29; translation and notes at Ac 9:22). Cf NCV, NET, NLT, TEV.+1:19Lit to ask, “Who are you?” Cf NIV.+1:20Moving the cataphoric reference/forward-pointing target (see BART Display and LDGNT) forward for the sake of clarity.+1:20Lit and he openly acknowledged, and did not deny but openly acknowledged. ME (see UBSHS [Jn], 30). Cf CJB, NCV, NLT, TEV.+1:21Lit “What then?” ME. Cf CJB, NCV, NIV, NLT, TEV.+1:21Ἠλίας ( ēlias) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+1:21Cf Ml 4:5.+1:21Lit he.+1:21ὁ προφήτης ( ho prophētēs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+1:21Cf Dt 18:15-18.+1:22ἀπόκρισιν ( apokrisin) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore the clause has been structured so to allow this element to land in clause-final for primary focus and stress.+1:23Lit he.+1:23Following the MT in translation. Cf NLT.+1:23Is 40:3+1:24Lit were part of the Pharisees, or were from the Pharisees. ME(H)/IT (see ANLEX, 397, sv Φαρισαῖος; L-N, 11.49; NET Bible Notes, Jn 1:24).+1:25EFE. This is a redundant quotative frame (see LDGNT). In Greek, redundant quotative frames “draw attention to a surprising or important speech that follows” ( LDGNTG, sv redundant quotative frame; cf Runge, Disc Grammar, 145-62). The element of surprise is signaled in translation here with an EFE (“why in the world?”).+1:26VPR. See VCC (Mt 3:11).+1:26Or in. So throughout Jn 1.+1:27ὀπίσω μου ( opisō mou) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give extra focus and emphasis to this constituent.+1:28ἐν Βηθανίᾳ ( en bēthania) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a reversed wh-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+1:28IT. Cf NCV, NET, NLT, TEV.+1:29Lit he.+1:29Or who is going to take away. Scholars are divided as to whether this statement is reflective of John the Baptist’s theology, or that of John himself. If the former is the situation, the cleansing is probably meant to be understood apocalyptically (for further discussion, see UBSHS [Jn], 36). John the Baptist’s messages in the other gospels are clearly apocalyptic in orientation (see Mt 3; Lk 3), and, since the Apostle John himself ascribes these words to John the Baptist, there is no reason to doubt that this is reflective of the John the Baptist’s own position. This interpretation is reflected in the translation.+1:29Cf Mt 3:9; Lk 3:8-9; Re 17:14.+1:30οὗτος ( houtos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore the clause has been structured so as to give extra focus to this element. Cf CJB, ISV, NCV, NLT, TEV.+1:30ἔμπροσθέν μου ( emprosthen mou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+1:30πρῶτός ( prōtos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+1:31διὰ τοῦτο ( dia toutou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element (and to its left-dislocated referent).+1:31ἐν ὕδατι ( en hudati) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+1:31Cf CJB, TEV.+1:32Or from the sky.+1:33Or upon. When used with verbs of motion, ἐπί ( epi) (with its object in the accusative case, as here) functions as a marker of direction (see BDAG, 364, sv 4.b.; translation and note at “toward” in Mt 3:16).+1:34Both verbs in this verse are in the perfect tense. A stative verb and a present tense verb have been used in translation in an attempt to covey the ongoing results (at the time of the speaker) in English.+1:37Lit heard him speaking. ME. Cf ESV, HCSB, ISV, NET, NIV, NRSV, RSV, TEV.+1:38Cf NCV, TEV.+1:39IT. Cf CJB, NLT, TEV.+1:39παρ’ αὐτῷ ( par’ autō) is in P2 (see BART Display), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+1:39Lit The hour was about the tenth. ME(H). Cf ISV, NCV, NET, NLT.+1:40Lit heard from John. ME. Cf NET, NIV, NLT.+1:40Lit and followed him.+1:41IT (see UBSHS [Jn], 44).+1:41Lit first. ME. Cf CJB, NCV, NIV. τὸν ἀδελφὸν τὸν ἴδιον ( ton adelphon ton idion) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and therefore πρῶτον ( prōton) has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this element.+1:41τὸν ἴδιον ( ton idion) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+1:41Cf NCV, TEV.+1:42Lit him.+1:42Κηφᾶς ( kēphas) (“Cephas” in many translations) is the Aramaic surname for Simon (see L-N, 93.211). Cf CJB.+1:42Lit which is translated Peter. ME/IT (see ESL, #4074; L-N, 93.296). Cf CJB, TEV.+1:43Lit he.+1:43IT (see L-N, 93.444).+1:43Lit follow me. ME(H) (see translation and notes at Mt 4:19).+1:45ὃν ἔγραψεν Μωϋσῆς ἐν τῷ νόμῳ καὶ οἱ προφῆται ( hon engrapsen Mōusēs en tō nomō kai hoi prophētai) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore an emphatic adjective has been used to give extra focus to this element.+1:45Cf Gn 3:15, 9:27, 12:1-3, 49:8-12; Ex 12:1-28; Lv 23:4-44; Nu 24:15-19; Dt 15:15-18, 16:1-8; Jn 19:36; 1 Co 5:7.+1:45Cf Is 4:2, 7:14, 9:1-7, 11:1-6, 24:21-25, 28:16, 30:19-26, 42:1-7, 49:1-6, 50:4-9, 52:13-53:12, 55:3-5, 61:1-3, 63:1-6; Jr 23:5-6, 30:9, 30:21, 33:14-16; Ezk 17:22-24, 21:25-27, 34:23-31, 37:15-28; Dn 7:13-14, 9:24-27; Ho 3:4-5; Jl 2:23; Am 9:11-15; Mic 2:12-13, 5:1-4; Hg 2:6-9, 2:21-23; Ac 3:8-10, 6:9-15, 9:9-10, 10:4, 11:4-14, 12:10, 13:7; Ml 3:1, 4:2.+1:46τι ἀγαθὸν ( ti agathon) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress (with the help of a dummy subject).+1:47ἀληθῶς ( alētōs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+1:47Lit in whom. ME. Cf CJB, NCV, NLT, and TEV at Jn 2:25; NIV and TEV at Jn 5:42.+1:47δόλος ( dolos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+1:47An allusion to Ps 32:2.+1:48πόθεν ( pothen) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+1:48EFE. This is a redundant quotative frame. In Greek, redundant quotative frames “draw attention to a surprising or important speech that follows” ( LDGNTG, sv redundant quotative frame; cf Runge, Disc Grammar, 145-62).+1:48Lit to him.+1:48πρὸ τοῦ σε Φίλιππον φωνῆσαι ( pro tou se Phillippon phōnēsai) and ὄντα ὑπὸ τὴν συκῆν ( onta hupo tēn sukēn) are in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore a cleft-construction and adverb have been used to give extra focus to these elements.+1:48See note at “it was” earlier in this verse.+1:48φωνῆσαι ( phōnēsai) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore the clause has been translated such as to allow part of this element to land in clause-final for extra stress.+1:49Cf, eg, 2 Sa 7; 1 Ch 17; Ps 2, 89, 132.+1:49βασιλεὺς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ ( basileus tou Yisraēl) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an emphatic adjective has been used to give extra focus to this element.+1:50Ὅτι εἶπόν σοι ὅτι εἶδόν σε ὑποκάτω τῆς συκῆς ( hoti eipon soi hoti eidon se hupokatō tēs sukēs) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore an adverb/downtoner (cf CJB, NCV, NLT, TEV) has been used to give extra focus to this element.+1:50μείζω τούτων ( meizō toutōn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+1:51IT (see note at Mt 5:18).+1:51“All of” is drawn from the plural “you” here. Cf ISV, NET.+1:51Or the sky.+1:51An allusion to Gn 28:12.+1:51Cf Gn 28:12; Dn 7:13-14.+2:1Or two days later.+2:1γάμος ( gamos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress (with the help of a dummy subject).+2:3οἶνον ( oinon) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+2:4Lit What to me and to you? ME(I/F) (see translation and notes at Mt 8:29; NET Bible Notes, Jn 2:4; UBSHS [Jn], 57). Cf HCSB, LEB, NIV.+2:4ME(H)/IT (see note at Mt 15:28). Cf NCV, NIV, NLT.+2:4Lit hour.+2:5ὅ τι ἂν λέγῃ ὑμῖν ( ho ti an legē humin) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore a cleft has been used to give extra focus to this element.+2:6Lit according to the ritual purification/cleansing of the Jews. ME. Cf CJB, NCV, NLT.+2:6Lit each holding two or three measures. ME(H) (see L-N, 81.22). Cf most English translations.+2:7Lit told them.+2:8Or to the head servant/steward.+2:9οἶνον ( oinon) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+2:9Lit and didn’t know. Koine Greek often uses parataxis in places where English may prefer hypotaxis (see BDAG, 494, sv καί 1.b.β.-ζ.; BDF, §471; Wallace, Grammar, 19; NET Bible Notes, Mk 10:28). Cf ISV, NET, NLT.+2:9οἱ διάκονοι ( hoi diakonoi) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this element. δὲ ( de) has also been used as a spacer to the same end (cf NCV and TEV).+2:9Lit the man in charge of the banquet.+2:10πᾶς ἄνθρωπος ( pas anthrōpos) here is a topical frame/POD (see BART Display and LDGNT).+2:10Lit every man. ME (see UBSHS [Jn], 61).+2:10καλὸν ( kalon) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+2:10τὸν καλὸν οἶνον ( ton kalon oinon) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a reversed wh-cleft has been used to give extra focus to this element.+2:10Lit they. Cf NET, NIV.+2:10IT. Cf ESV, HCSB, ISV, NASB, NCV, NIV, NRSV, RSV, TEV.+2:10καλὸν ( kalon) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+2:11Ταύτην ἀρχὴν τῶν σημείων ( Tautēn archēn tōn sēmeiōn) is in a split-focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore the preposed element has been left in clause-initial for extra focus, while ἐν Κανὰ τῆς Γαλιλαίας ( en Kana tēs Galialias) has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to the split element.+2:11Or disclosed. Cf HCSB.+2:13IT. Cf CJB, NCV, NIV, NLT, TEV.+2:13ἐγγὺς ( engus) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element.+2:13Cf Ex 12:14; Dt 16:16.+2:14Lit found in the temple courts. ME (see UBSHS [Lk], 298). Cf NLT.+2:14Or pigeons.+2:14IT. Cf NLT.+2:14IT (see L-N, 57.205; NET Bible Notes, Jn 2:14). Cf ISV, NET, TEV.+2:15πάντας τά τε πρόβατα καὶ τοὺς βόας ( pantas ta te probata kai tous boas) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress. The preposed element has also been segmented with commas for extra focus and emphasis.+2:15τῶν κολλυβιστῶν τὸ κέρμα ( tōn kollubistōn to kerma) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT). The phrase has been structured as to allow the split element to land in clause-final.+2:15τὰς τραπέζας ( tas trapezas) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for primary stress.+2:16Or the pigeons. Cf Lv 5:7-11. Jesus’ anger toward this particular group may be related to them taking advantage of the poor. τὰς περιστερὰς ( tas peristeras) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+2:17γεγραμμένον ( gegrammenon) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+2:17Ps 69:9+2:18Lit the Jews. ME(H) (see note at Jn 1:19).+2:18ποιεῖς ( poieis) is in a DFE position (see BART Display; note, though, that the BART Display is marked for focal ambiguity; cf LDGNT), and therefore the phrase has been translated with the demonstrative pronoun directly preceding the information activated by ποιεῖς, to give extra focus to this element within the ME (see following note).+2:18Lit What sign can you show us that/since these things you do? ME (see UBSHS [Jn], 68). Cf JB.+2:20τεσσεράκοντα καὶ ἓξ ἔτεσιν ( tesserakonta kai hex etesin) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element.+2:20ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ( en trisin hēmerais) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a downtoner/adverb and italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+2:21Lit That one. Cf NCV, NET, NLT.+2:21Lit That one was speaking about the sanctuary of his body. The genitive here is functioning appositionally. This is reflected in the translation.+2:22τοῦτο ( touto) here is a topical frame/POD (see BART Display and LDGNT).+2:22“On a number of occasions” is drawn from the imperfect tense here. Cf UBSHS (Jn), 71.+2:22Cf Lv 23:9-14; 1 Co 15:4.+2:22Lit and in the word that Jesus had said. ME. Cf CJB, NLT, TEV.+2:22Following the lead of the NCV in using parentheses here.+2:23Lit that one.+2:23πολλοὶ ( polloi) is in P2 (see BART Display; note, though, that the BART Display is marked for focal ambiguity), and therefore repetition has been used to give extra focus to this element.+2:24Lit because he was knowing all [of them]. ME (see Vincent, Word Studies, 2:88; UBSHS [Jn], 73; translation and notes at Jn 1:48). Note that, as in the case of the imperfect indicative in v 25, imperfective aspect is also encoded in the infinitive here. Vincent’s interpretation in v 25 would also have relevance here, therefore, since v 25 is giving strength and support to these statements (note the presence of γὰρ [ gar] in the final clause there). Cf CJB, NCV, NLT at v 25.+2:25Lit and he had no need that anyone should bear witness about the man. ME (see UBSHS [Jn], 73). Cf ISV, CJB, NCV, NLT.+2:25Lit For he himself knew what was in the man. ME (see Vincent, Word Studies, 2:88; UBSHS [Jn], 73). Cf CJB, NAB, NCV, NEB, NLT.+3:1Lit a ruler of the Jews. ME(H) (see NET Bible Notes, Jn 3:1). Cf NET, NIV.+3:1Νικόδημος ( Nikodēmos) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore inversion has been used to give extra focus to this element.+3:2Lit to him.+3:2ἀπὸ θεοῦ διδάσκαλος ( apo theou didaskalos) is in a split focal position (see BART Display; cf LDGNT). A cleft-construction and intensive pronoun have been used to give extra focus to the preposed element within the ME (see following note).+3:2Lit that you have come from God as a teacher. ME (see UBSHS [Jn], 76). Cf NCV, NEB, NLT, TEV.+3:2ταῦτα τὰ σημεῖα ἃ σὺ ποιεῖς ( tauta ta sēmeia ha su poieis) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore γὰρ ( gar) has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this element.+3:2σὺ ( su) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this element.+3:3EFE. This is a redundant quotative frame. In Greek, redundant quotative frames “draw attention to a surprising or important speech that follows” ( LDGNTG, sv redundant quotative frame; cf Runge, Disc Grammar, 145-62).+3:3IT (see note at Mt 5:18).+3:3Drawing from L-N in translation here (see L-N, 41.53). In the NT, γεννάω ( gennaō) can variously refer to conception (see, eg, Mt 1:20; Jn 8:41; Ga 4:23), the time in the womb (see, eg, Lk 23:29), actual birth (see, eg, Mt 2:4; Lk 1:57), or the entire process viewed as whole (see, eg, Lk 1:13), depending on the context. Also, when the father’s role is in view, the focus is on the act of procreation (see, eg, BSL, Jn 3:5, sv—“to be or become conceived due to male agency”), ie, “to beget” (see, eg, the ASV, KJV, NKJV, and YLT at Mt 1:1-16). In John 3, the entire process is in view. “Conception” happens when one receives the deposit/down payment/firstfruits of the Spirit (cf Rm 8:23; 2 Co 1:22; Eph 1:14); “gestation” (ie, sanctification) happens between that time and the Second Coming; and “birth” happens at the Second Coming when Jesus’ people are raised from the dead (cf Rm 8:18-23). Unfortunately, there is no precise English equivalent that adequately captures the richness of the concept here.+3:3The adverb used here (ἄνωθεν [ anōthen]) can mean either “from above” or “again” (see BDAG, 92, sv 1, 4; NET Bible Note, Jn 3:3). Nicodemus interprets the statement as meaning “again,” while Jesus Himself probably has both meanings in view here (cf v 5). There are no ideal translation solutions here, since Nicodemus’ response is based on his failure to understand how Jesus is using the word (for further discussion, see UBSHS [Jn], 78). Still, to keep the idea from becoming completely lost in translation, it has been included in v 7 as an appositional phrase.+3:3In this context, εἶδον ( eidon) means to “experience” (see BDAG, 279, sv 4)—in the sense of witnessing and taking part in future events (cf, eg, Lk 17:22, 20:35, 22:16-18; 1 Co 6:10, 15:50; Rm 8:22-25; Ga 5:21; Php 3:10-11; 2 Ti 4:18; Re 2:26-29; cf especially “enter” in v 5 below), not in the sense of spiritually “seeing” the Messianic Kingdom abstractly redefined (an example of Christo-Platonism; for many resources on Christo-Platonism, see www.danieltrainingnetwork.org). Cf the rendering here with HCSB and NIV renderings of τυγχάνω ( tunchanō) at Lk 20:35 (where it means to “experience” an event; see BDAG, 1019, sv τυγχάνω 1). Cf also UBSHS (Jn), 77.+3:4γέρων ( gerōn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give extra focus and emphasis to this element within the ME (see note at the end of this clause).+3:4For the rhetorical function of πῶς ( pōs) in this type of context, see BDAG, 901, sv 1.a.α-δ.+3:4Lit How can a man be given birth to, being old? ME. Cf CJB, TEV.+3:4In Greek, questions that begin with μὴ ( mē) expect a negative answer (see Black, Grammar, 170; Mounce, Grammar, 296). This is reflected in the translation here. Cf NIV, TEV.+3:4εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ ( eis tēn koilian tēs mētros autou) and δεύτερον ( deuteron) are in P2 (see BART Display; LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give these elements extra focus and emphasis (δεύτερον has been incorporated into the verb in translation [cf CJB, NLT]).+3:4 and to be. Koine Greek often uses parataxis in places where English may prefer hypotaxis, or when some sort of hypotactic relationship is implied (see BDAG, 494, sv καί 1.b.β.-ζ.; BDF, §471; Wallace, Grammar, 19; NET Bible Notes, Mk 10:28). Cf NIV.+3:5IT (see note at Mt 5:18).+3:5Or by/from water and spirit. Cf Is 44:1-5; Ezk 36:24-27, 37:9-10; Jn 1:13; 2 Co 5:17; Ga 4.+3:6Lit by the flesh. Translating “flesh” according to “Flesh” G (see FBT Chart). Cf translation and notes at Jn 1:13.+3:6Lit is flesh. Translating “flesh” according to “Flesh” G (see FBT Chart). Cf 1 Co 15:50. σάρξ ( sarx) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+3:6πνεῦμά ( pneuma) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+3:6Cf 1 Co 15:35-49. As passages like Lk 24:36-43 (“a ghost [lit πνεῦμα ( pneuma)—“spirit”] does not have flesh and bones, as you see I have” [v 39, NIV]) make clear, “spirit” here doesn’t mean complete immateriality (Christo-Platonism) or total discontinuity with the non-resurrected body. There is continuity with the former body, and yet the new body has properties in its glorified state that allow the person to function in some ways like the angels. Cf Is 44:1-5; Mt 22:29-32; Lk 20:34-37, 24:36-43; Jn 3:8, 20:26-27; Ac 23:6; Rm 8:11; Heb 1:7.+3:7See note at “again” in v 3 above.+3:8The Greek word used here (πνεῦμα [ pneuma]) can mean wind, breath, spirit, or Spirit.+3:8ὅπου θέλει ( hopou thelei) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus and emphasis to this element.+3:8Lit where it decides/wants. ME (see UBSHS [Jn], 81). Cf Ezk 37:9.+3:8τὴν φωνὴν αὐτοῦ ( tēn phōnēn autou) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+3:8Lit the sound of it. ME. Cf TEV.+3:8οὕτως ( houtōs) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore an adverb and demonstrative cleft have been used to give extra focus to this element.+3:8In Jesus’ resurrected body, which was spirit-like (see Lk 24:37) or angel-like (see Lk 20:36), though not immaterial and completely discontinuous from his earlier body (see Lk 24:39 and Jn 20:27), Jesus was able to suddenly appear and disappear in a way similar to the angels (cf Mt 28:9-10; Mk 16:12; Lk 24:30, 36-43; Jn 20:19-29; Ac 9:3-5), whom God makes “winds” (Heb 1:7).+3:9Lit How can these things happen? ME. Cf NLT.+3:10The article is most likely functioning to underscore “the status and position of Nicodemus as a teacher in Israel” (see UBSHS [Jn], 82; cf Robertson, Word Pictures, Jn 3:10; Vincent, Word Studies, 2:95). Cf NCV, NLT, TEV.+3:10οὐ γινώσκεις ( ou ginōskeis) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+3:11IT (see note at Mt 5:18).+3:11Or know.\f + ὃ οἴδαμεν ( ho eidamen) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore a comma have been used to give extra focus to this element.+3:11ὃ ἑωράκαμεν ( ho heōrakamen) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore a comma has been used to give extra focus to this element.+3:12Lit If I tell you... and you don’t believe. Koine Greek often uses parataxis in places where English may prefer hypotaxis, or when some sort of hypotactic relationship is implied (see BDAG, 494, sv καί 1.b.β.-ζ.; BDF, §471; Wallace, Grammar, 19; NET Bible Notes, Mk 10:28). Cf CJB, NLT, TEV.+3:12τὰ ἐπίγεια ( ta epigeia) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a comma and adverbs have been used to give extra focus to this element within the ME (see following note).+3:12Lit If I have said to you the things pertaining to the earth and you don’t believe. ME (see ANLEX, 163, sv ἐπίγειος 2; UBSHS [Jn], 83).+3:12For the rhetorical function of πῶς ( pōs) in this type of context, see BDAG, 901, sv 1.a.α-δ. Cf NLT.+3:12ἐὰν εἴπω ὑμῖν τὰ ἐπουράνια ( ean eipō humin ta epourania) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and has therefore been placed at the end of the sentence for primary focus and stress.+3:12Lit How will you believe if I say to you the heavenly things/matters/occurrences? ME (see ANLEX, 163, sv ἐπίγειος 1, 2; UBSHS [Jn], 83). Cf 2 Co 12:3-4.+3:13Lit And no one has ascended into heaven. ME(OTB) (see FSB, Jn 3:13; NAC [Pr], 236; TEV at Pr 30:4). Cf Dt 30:11-14; Pr 30:4 (see esp TEV); Jn 1:18.+3:13οὐδεὶς ( oudeis) and ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβά ( ho ek tou ouranou kataba) are in E-O, as part of a point-counterpoint series (see LDGNT). A colon and demonstrative pronoun have been used to give extra focus to the main point (exception/restriction is a forward-pointing device in Greek; see Runge, Disc Grammar, 83-91).+3:13ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ( ek tou ouranou) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+3:13Cf Dt 30:11-14; Pr 30:4; Dn 7:13-14; Jn 1:18.+3:14IT. Cf NLT, TEV.+3:14IT. Cf NLT, TEV.+3:14An allusion to Nu 21:8-9.+3:14Divine necessity is implied by the verb used here (see NET Bible Notes, Jn 4:4; UBSHS [Jn], 109; translation and notes at Mt 16:21).+3:14ὑψωθῆναι ( hupsōthēnai) is receiving focal prominence here (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+3:15Although the focus of “eternal life”in the NT is eschatological (see Mt 19:29, 25:46; Mk 10:17, 30; Lk 10:25, 18:18-30; Jn 3:15-16, 6:40, 6:54, 12:25; 1 Co 9:25; Jm 1:12; 1 Jn 2:25; Re 2:10), in some places in John’s writings the new life experienced through the “deposit of the Spirit” (to use Paul’s language; see 2 Co 1:22; Eph 1:14) is also included within its purview (see, eg, Jn 4:14, 6:53, 17:2-3). If God himself is “eternal life” (1 Jn 5:20; cf Jn 1:1-4, 4:14, 5:26), and God gives himself as a gift (through the Spirit) to those who believe, then the gift he gives to those who believe is “eternal life”—not in some generic “quality of life” sense (though “eternal life” does, of course, possess qualities and defining characteristics), but in the sense that God’s own life is at work in them through the eternal Spirit (cf Heb 9:14) until they experience “eternal life” through bodily resurrection (see Jn 4:14, 6:40, 6:44, 6:54; cf Rm 8:18-25; Heb 6:5). In light of this, ἔχω ( exō) in this context means “experience” (see UBSHS [Jn], 88; cf BDAG, 421, sv ἔχω 7; L-N, 90.65), and involves fellowship with the Father and the Son through the Spirit (cf, eg, Jn 6:55-56, 17:3; 1 Jn 1:2-3). Cf Php 3:10-11.+3:15This is a more literal rendering of ζωὴν αἰώνιον ( zōēn aiōnion), which most English translations render as “eternal life.” See UBSHS (Jn), 88.+3:16Or how God loved. Cf translation and notes at 2 Th 2:16.+3:16Or unique, or only, or one-of-a-kind. See translation and notes at Jn 1:14.+3:16τὸν υἱὸν τὸν μονογενῆ ( ton huion ton monogenē) is in P2 (see BART Display), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+3:16Cf NCV. In this context, ἀπόλλυμι ( apollumi) is referring to eternal ruin/punishment in Gehenna (note the contrast with “eternal life”). Cf Mt 10:20; 2 Th 1:9; 2 Th 2:10; Re 13:11-17, 14:9-11. Cf also UBSHS (Jn), 89. It does not refer to the annihilation of the wicked.+3:16This is a more literal rendering of ζωὴν αἰώνιον ( zōēn aiōnion), which most English translations render as “eternal life.” See UBSHS (Jn), 88.+3:16Cf Re 2:10-11.+3:18Conditions are implied in the participles in this verse. For more on implicit conditions in Greek, see Wallace, Grammar, 687-9. Cf, eg, Jn 6:53. Cf also UBSHS (Jn), 99.+3:18Lit in him. Cf NCV, TEV.+3:18The presence of ἤδη ( ēdē) in the next part of this verse indicates that the present indicative here is functioning futuristically. Cf HCSB, NCV, NET, NIV, NLT, TEV at Jn 5:24.+3:18Lit already condemned. John is speaking proleptically here (cf translation and notes at Jn 12:31, 16:11). I have signaled this in translation here with “doom,” so that any potential connection with Jn 16:11 isn’t lost for English readers (see translation and notes there). Although proleptic/prophetic perfects typically occur in the apodosis of an implicit or explicit conditional clause (Wallace, Grammar, 581), this is not always the case (see Robertson, Grammar, 898).+3:18Or unique, or only, or one-of-a-kind. See translation and notes at Jn 1:14.+3:19Cf JB.+3:20φαῦλα ( phaulos) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+3:20IT. Cf TEV.+3:20Cf TEV.+3:21ὁ ποιῶν τὴν ἀλήθειαν ( ho poiōn tēn alētheian) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element. δὲ ( de) has also been used as a spacer to the same end.+3:21Lit who do the truth, or who deal truly. ME(OTB) (see examples cited with Jn 3:21 in BDAG, 42, sv ἀλήθεια 2.b.; L-N, 41.7; UBSHS [Jn], 93). Cf Jn 1:47; 1 Jn 3:5-9. Cf also HCSB, NCV, NIV.+3:21Lit so that it may be made openly/publicly evident/seen/known. ME. Cf ISV.+3:21ἐν θεῷ ( en theō) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a rhetorical question and adverb have been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+3:21An emphasis on union with God is present not only in Paul’s writings, but also in John’s (see, eg, Jn 14-17). Cf Mt 5:16; Ga 2:19-20.+3:23ὕδατα πολλὰ ( hudata polla) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element.+3:23Lit they. This is an indefinite plural. Cf most English translations.+3:25Lit therefore.+3:25The presence of ἐκ ( ek) here makes it very clear which group started the discussion (see Vincent, Word Studies, 2:104).+3:26Cf NEB in UBSHS (Jn), 98.+3:26πάντες ( pantes) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+3:27EFE. This is a redundant quotative frame. In Greek, redundant quotative frames “draw attention to a surprising or important speech that follows” ( LDGNTG, sv redundant quotative frame; cf Runge, Disc Grammar, 145-62).+3:28Lit You yourselves can bear witness that I said. ME (see UBSHS [Jn], 98; translation and notes at 2 Th 1:10). Cf NCV. αὐτοὶ ὑμεῖς ( autoi humeis) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT; note, though, that the BART Display is marked for focal ambiguity), and therefore “with your own ears” has been used to give extra focus to this element within the ME.+3:28ἀπεσταλμένος ἔμπροσθεν ἐκείνου ( apestalmenous emprosthen ekeinou) is in an split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT). The DFE has been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+3:29χαρᾷ ( chara) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and is also a cognate dative. An adjective has thus been used to give extra focus to this element.+3:30Divine necessity is implied by the verb used here (see NET Bible Notes, Jn 4:4; translation and notes at Mt 16:21).+3:30IT. The verb from the preceding clause is implied here.+3:31ἄνωθεν ( anōthen) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+3:31ἐπάνω πάντων ( epanō pantōn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore adverbs have been used to give extra focus to this element.+3:31ME(OTB)/IT (see note at Mt 19:26).+3:31Or is above all things.+3:31ἐκ τῆς γῆς ( ek tēs gēs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb, demonstrative pronoun, dashes, and italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+3:31λαλεῖ ( lalei) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+3:31Lit speaks from the earth. ME. Cf 1 Jn 4:6 (see translation and note there).+3:31ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ( ek tou ouranou) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+3:31ἐπάνω πάντων ( epanō pantōn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore adverbs have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+3:31ME(OTB)/IT (see note at Mt 19:26).+3:32IT (see UBSHS [Jn], 102; translation and notes at Jn 3:11-13). Firsthand knowledge is also implied by μαρτυρέω ( martureō).+3:32μαρτυρεῖ ( marturei) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore inversion has been used to give extra focus to this element.+3:33A condition is implied in the participle here. For more on implicit conditions in Greek, see Wallace, Grammar, 687-9. Cf translation and notes at Jn 3:18.+3:33Lit he.+3:33ἀληθής ( alēthēs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis. Cf 1 Jn 1:10.+3:34τὰ ῥήματα τοῦ θεοῦ ( ta rhēmata tou theou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an intensive adjective has been used to give extra focus to this element.+3:34Lit he.+3:34Lit for he does not give [him] the Spirit by measure. ME (see NET Bible Notes, Jn 3:34; UBSHS [Jn], 103). Cf CJB, ISV, NCV, NET, NIV, NLT, TEV. ἐκ μέτρου ( ek metrou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore this element within the ME has been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+3:35Lit has given in his hand. ME(I/F) (see L-N, 76.3; NET Bible Notes, Jn 3:35). Cf NCV, NET, TEV.+3:35πάντα ( panta) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+3:36A condition is implied in the participle here. For more on implicit conditions in Greek, see Wallace, Grammar, 687-9. Cf translation and notes at Jn 3:18.+3:36See note at Jn 3:15. The present indicative is functioning futuristically here (note the contrast with “will not see life” [οὐκ ὄψεται ζωήν ( ouk opsetai zōēn)] in the next part of the verse).+3:36This is a more literal rendering of ζωὴν αἰώνιον ( zōēn aiōnion), which most English translations render as “eternal life.” See UBSHS (Jn), 88.+3:36A condition is implied in the participle here. For more on implicit conditions in Greek, see Wallace, Grammar, 687-9. Cf translation and notes at Jn 3:18.+3:36ὁράω ( horaō) in this context means to experience (see BDAG, 719, sv 3). Cf notes at Jn 3:3, 15.+3:36ἡ ὀργὴ τοῦ θεοῦ ( hē orgē tou theou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore inversion has been used to give extra focus to this element.+4:1Lit that Jesus.+4:1πλείονας μαθητὰς ἢ Ἰωάννης ( pleionas mathētas ē Yōannēs) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT). An adverb has been used to give extra focus to the preposed element.+4:2IT. Cf NIV, TEV.+4:2Ἰησοῦς αὐτὸς ἀλλ’ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ ( Yēsous autos all’ hoi mathētai autou) is in a split focal position (see BART Display), and constitutes a point-counterpoint series (see LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+4:4Divine necessity is implied by the verb used here (see NET Bible Notes, Jn 4:4; UBSHS [Jn], 109; translation and notes at Mt 16:21).+4:4ME(H)/IT (see NET Bible Notes, Jn 4:4).+4:4IT (see L-N, 93.568).+4:5Cf Gn 33:19, 48:22; Jsh 24:32.+4:6Lit The hour was about the sixth. ME(H). Cf ISV, NCV, NET, NLT, NRSV, TEV.+4:7IT. Cf NCV.+4:7The imperative here is as imperative of entreaty (ie, it is functioning as a polite request). Cf NCV, NLT.+4:8τροφὰς ( trophas) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+4:9Ἰουδαῖος ( Youdaios) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give extra focus and emphasis to this element within the ME (see note after the final quotation marks in this verse).+4:9γυναικὸς Σαμαρίτιδος ( gunaikos Samaritidos) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give extra focus and emphasis to this element within the ME (see note after the final quotation marks in this verse).+4:9For the rhetorical force of πῶς ( pōs) in this type of context, see BDAG, 901, sv 1.a.α-δ.+4:9παρ’ ἐμοῦ ( para emou) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give extra focus and emphasis to this element within the ME (see following note).+4:9Lit How can you, being a Jew, ask to drink from me, being a Samaritan woman? ME. Cf NIV, TEV.+4:9Or refuse to have dealings with Samaritans. ME(H) (see NET Bible Notes, Jn 4:9; UBSHS [Jn], 113). Cf NET, TEV.+4:10Using indirect discourse in translation here (lit “If you had recognized the gift of God and who is the one saying to you, ‘give me to drink’) for more natural transference into English. Cf NCV, NIV, NLT, TEV.+4:11Lit she.+4:11ἄντλημα ( antlēma) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been rendered with an indefinite article for extra focus and stress. Cf NIV.+4:11Cf NIV.+4:12In Greek, questions that begin with μὴ ( mē) expect a negative answer (see Black, Grammar, 170; Mounce, Grammar, 296).+4:12είζων τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἰακώβ ( meizōn tou patros hēmōn Yakōb) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a spacer (drawn from the negative answer implied by the question here; see preceding note) has been used to give extra focus to this element.+4:12Or forefather. Lit father.+4:12αὐτὸς ( autos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+4:14A condition is implied in the relative clause here. For more on implicit conditions in Greek, see Wallace, Grammar, 687-9.+4:14ἐγὼ ( egō) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+4:14This is an οὐ μὴ ( ou mē) + aorist subjunctive construction, which is the strongest and most emphatic form of negation in Koine Greek (see Black, Grammar, 180; Mounce, Grammar, 316; NET Bible Notes, Re 3:3). “Never” is an appropriate translation here, since a temporal marker is present contextually (εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα [ eis ton aiōna]). Cf most English translations.+4:14Or spring.+4:14This is a more literal rendering of ζωὴν αἰώνιον ( zōēn aiōnion), which most English translations render as “eternal life.” See UBSHS (Jn), 88.+4:15The presence of sir/Lord here suggests an imperative of entreaty (ie, a polite request), despite the prevailing hostilities between Jews and Samaritans. Cf NLT.+4:16Lit he.+4:17ἄνδρα ( andra) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+4:18Cf NCV, NIV.+4:18πέντε ἄνδρας ( pente andras) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+4:18Lit he whom you have. ME. Cf CJB, NCV, NET, NLT, TEV.+4:18νῦν ( nun) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element.+4:18ἀληθὲς ( alēthes) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been use to give extra focus to this element. Cf NIV.+4:18Lit This you have said truthfully. ME (see UBSHS [Jn], 119). Cf ESV, HCSB, ISV, NIV, NRSV.+4:19προφήτης ( prophētēs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore κύριε ( kurie) has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this element.+4:20Or forefathers. Lit fathers.+4:20ἐν τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ ( en tō orei toutō) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a reversed wh-cleft has been used to give extra focus to this element.+4:20“Jews” is drawn from the plural “you” here, and the context. Cf NLT, TEV.+4:20ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις ( en Yerosolumois) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore the clause has been structured so as to give extra focus to this element. Cf NCV, TEV.+4:20Drawing from the BSL in translation here (see BSL, Jn 4:20, sv δεῖ). δεῖ ( dei) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+4:21IT. See note at Jn 2:4. Cf NLT.+4:21Lit an hour.+4:21οὔτε ἐν τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ οὔτε ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις ( en tō orei toutō oute in Yerosolumois) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+4:22“Samaritans” is drawn from the plural “you” here, and the context. Cf NCV, NIV, NLT, TEV.+4:22Lit You worship what you do not know. ME (see Robertson, Word Pictures, 121; UBSHS [Jn], 121; Vincent, Word Studies, 2:119; cf the use of the neuter in reference to God here with Ac 17:23). Cf NCV, NLT, TEV.+4:22“Jews” is drawn from the plural “you” here, and the context.+4:22Lit We worship what we know. ME (see note at “worship” above). Cf Dt 4:1-14; Ps 147:19-20; Rm 3:1-2, 9:3-5.+4:22ἐκ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ( ek tōn Youdaiōn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element. Cf TEV.+4:23Lit an hour.+4:23νῦν ( nun) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element, which has also been placed in clause-final for primary focus and stress.+4:23ἀληθινοὶ ( alēthinoi) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+4:23Or in spirit. Cf TEV. Cf also Jn 3:5, 14:17, 15:26, 16:13; Php 3:3.+4:23τοιούτους τοὺς προσκυνοῦντας αὐτόν ( toihoutous tous proskunoontas) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore γὰρ ( gar) has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this element. τοιούτους ( toioutous) has also been rendered with a demonstrative pronoun for extra focus and emphasis.+4:24πνεῦμα ( pneuma) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+4:24Lit must worship.+4:24Or in spirit.+4:24ἐν πνεύματι καὶ ἀληθείᾳ ( en pneumati kai alētheia) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an emphatic adverb/spacer has been used to give extra focus to this element.+4:24Cf Jn 3:5, 14:17, 15:26, 16:13; Php 3:3.+4:25Μεσσίας ( Messias) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+4:25Cf Gn 3:15, 49:10; Nu 24:17; Dt 18:15.+4:26Or I myself am he. Cf NLT. I interpret this as a reference to the divine name of Ex 3:14 (see translation and notes at Mt 14:27; cf UBSHS [Jn], 124). This is reflected in the translation. Cf also Ex 23:21; Jn 1:1-3, 17:6. The Samaritans recognized the authority of the Pentateuch, which may be one of the reasons Jesus uses this reference here.+4:27μετὰ γυναικὸς ( meta gunaikos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+4:29οὗτός ( houtos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give this element extra focus.+4:29In Greek, questions that begin with μὴ ( mē) expect a negative answer (see Black, Grammar, 170; Mounce, Grammar, 296). This doesn’t necessarily indicate unbelief on the part of the woman, though (see NET Bible Notes, Jn 4:33). Cf NET, NLT.+4:30IT. Cf NCV, NET, NLT, TEV.+4:30Lit they.+4:30Lit to/toward him.+4:31Lit begging him.+4:31This is an imperative of entreaty.+4:32Cf NLT.+4:32Lit he.+4:32βρῶσιν ἣν ὑμεῖς οὐκ οἴδατε ( Brōsin hēn humeis ouk oidate) is in a split focal position (see BART Display; cf LDGNT), and therefore ὁ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ( ho eipen autois) has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this element. “To eat” has also been left implicit in translation to the same end (cf NLT).+4:32“Disciples” is drawn from the plural “you” here, and the context.+4:33τις ( tis) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+4:33In Greek, questions that begin with μὴ ( mē) expect a negative answer (see Black, Grammar, 170; Mounce, Grammar, 296).+4:34ἐμὸν ( emon) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore a possessive adjective has been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+4:35Lit You say, do you not? ME (see UBSHS [Jn], 128). Cf CJB, NCV, NLT, TEV. In Greek, questions that begin with οὐ ( ou) expect an affirmative answer (Black, Grammar, 170; Mounce, Grammar, 296).+4:35τετράμηνός ( tetramēnos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+4:35λευκαί πρὸς θερισμόν ( leukai pros therismon) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT). An adverb has been used to give extra focus to the preposed element.+4:36μισθὸν ( misthon) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+4:36This is a more literal rendering of ζωὴν αἰώνιον ( zōēn aiōnion), which most English translations render as “eternal life.” See UBSHS (Jn), 88.+4:36ὁμοῦ ( homou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+4:37ἄλλος ( allos) is in P2 two times in this verse (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to these elements. Cf LEB.+4:37Following the interpretation of the UBSHS in translation here (see UBSHS [Jn], 129). Cf JB.+4:38ὑμεῖς ( humeis) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this element.+4:38Lit I sent you to reap that which you have not labored. ME (see UBSHS [Jn], 130). Cf TEV.+4:38ἄλλοι ( alloi) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+4:38IT (see UBSHS [Jn], 130).+4:38εἰς τὸν κόπον αὐτῶν ( eis ton kopon autōn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element within the ME (see following note).+4:38Lit and you have entered into their labor. ME (see BDAG, 294, εἰσέρχομαι 2; UBSHS [Jn], 130).+4:39πολλοὶ τῶν Σαμαριτῶν ( polloi tōn Samaritōn) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT). Repetition has been used to give extra focus to the preposed element.+4:39Lit because of the word of the woman testifying. ME. Cf CJB, HCSB, ISV, NCV, NIV, TEV.+4:41πολλῷ πλείους ( pollō pleious) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb and commas have been used to give extra focus to this element.+4:41Lit because of his word/message/speech. ME. Cf CJB, HCSB, NCV.+4:42τῇ γυναικὶ ( tē gunaiki) is in P2 (see BART Display), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+4:42διὰ τὴν σὴν λαλιὰν ( dia tēn sēn lalian) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction and an adverb/downtoner have been used to give extra focus to this element.+4:42αὐτοὶ ( autoi) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+4:43Lit he.+4:44ἐν τῇ ἰδίᾳ πατρίδι ( en tē idia patridi) and τιμὴν ( timēn) are in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore commas have been used to give extra focus to ἐν τῇ ἰδίᾳ πατρίδι, which has itself been used as a spacer to give extra focus to τιμὴν.+4:45The participle is interpreted as an adverbial participle of cause. This is reflected in the translation. Cf CJB, HCSB, ISV, LEB, NET, NLT, NRSV, TEV.*4:45(They, too,\f + καὶ αὐτοὶ ( kai autoi) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore καὶ has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this element, with the intensive pronoun also rendered intensively.+4:46Lit he.+4:46Cf ISV.+4:46IT. Cf CJB, NCV, and TEV at Mt 4:13.+4:48σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα ( sēmeia kai terata) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a demonstrative pronoun and dashes has been used to give extra focus to this element.+4:49This is an imperative of entreaty (ie, an imperative functioning as a polite request). Cf ISV, NLT.+4:50See note at Mk 7:29. The same applies here. Cf CJB, NIV, NLT.+4:51Lit he.+4:51οἱ δοῦλοι αὐτοῦ ( hoi douloi autou) is in P2 (see BART Display), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+4:52Lit the hour in which. ME. Cf TEV.+4:52κομψότερον ( kompsoteron) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+4:52ἐχθὲς ὥραν ἑβδόμην ( echthes hōran hebdomēn) is in P2 (see BART Display; cf LDGNT), and therefore a cleft, a spacer, and a demonstrative cleft have been used to give extra focus to this element.+4:52Lit at the seventh hour. ME(H). Cf CJB, ISV, NCV, NET, NLT, TEV.+4:52See note at “it was” earlier in this verse.+4:53Lit at that same hour. ME. Cf NCV, NIV.+4:53Lit he.+4:54Τοῦτο πάλιν δεύτερον σημεῖον ( Touto palin deuteron sēmeiōn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore Τοῦτο has been left in clause-initial, and ἐλθὼν ἐκ τῆς Ἰουδαίας εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν ( elthōn ek tēs Youdaias eis tēn Galilaian) used as a spacer, to give extra focus to this element.+5:1Lit there was a festival of the Jews, and Jesus went up to Jerusalem. Cf NCV, NIV, NLT, TEV.+5:2Other manuscripts read Bethesda. For a brief discussion of the manuscript variants here, see NET Bible Notes, Jn 5:2.+5:2Or in Hebrew.+5:2Lit has five porticos. ME(H) (see translation and notes at Ac 3:11; NET Bible Notes, Jn 5:2).+5:3Lit dried up. ME (I/F) (see L-N, 23.173).+5:3Some manuscripts add: “waiting for the moving of the water; 4for an angel of the Lord went down at certain seasons into the pool, and stirred the water: whoever stepped in first after the stirring of the water was healed of whatever disease he had” (ESV). For a brief discussion of textual variants here, see NET Bible Notes, Jn 5:3.+5:5τριάκοντα [καὶ] ὀκτὼ ἔτη ( triakonta [kai] oktō etē) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+5:6πολὺν χρόνον ( polun chronon) is in P2 (see BART Display; cf LDGNT), in a split position (see BART Display), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element. Cf TEV.+5:6ὑγιὴς ( hugiēs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus.+5:7ἄνθρωπον ( anthrōpon) is in P2 (see BART Display), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis. The negative particle has also been grouped with this element to the same end.+5:7πρὸ ἐμοῦ ( pro emou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give extra focus and emphasis to this element.+5:9Lit It was a Sabbath on that day. ME. Cf NCV, NIV, NLT, TEV.+5:10Lit the Jews. ME(H) (see note at Jn 1:19). Cf TEV.+5:10σάββατόν ( sabbaton) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+5:11Lit he.+5:11ἐκεῖνός ( ekeinos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+5:12Lit Who is the man who told you, “take up your mat and walk”? Cf NIV, NLT, TEV.+5:13The participle has been interpreted as an adverbial participle of cause. This is reflected in the translation. Cf NCV, NET, TEV.+5:13ὄχλου ( ochlou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element within the ME (see following note).+5:13Lit a crowd being in the place. ME. Cf NEB.+5:13Following the lead of the NEB, NCV, and TEV in the structuring of the verse here, for the reasons pointed out in the UBSHS (see UBSHS [Jn], 149).+5:14Lit him.+5:14ὑγιὴς ( hugiēs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus.+5:14χεῖρόν τι ( cheiron ti) is in P2 (with the two elements also split from one another; see BART Display; cf LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+5:15Lit the Jews. ME(H) (see note at Jn 1:19). Cf NET, NLT, TEV.+5:15Ἰησοῦς ( Yēsous) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+5:16Lit the Jews. ME(H) (see note at Jn 1:19). Cf NET, NLT.+5:17The verb here seems to be functioning as an extending-from-past present (for more on the present indicative functioning in this capacity, see Wallace, Grammar, 519-20). Cf CJB, HCSB, ISV, NRSV, NKJV.+5:17ἕως ἄρτι ( heōs arti) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb and emphatic adjective have been used to give extra focus to this element.+5:17κἀγὼ ( kagō) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this element. καί has also been used as a spacer to the same end.+5:17Cf Jn 1:1-3.+5:18Lit the Jews. ME(H) (see note at Jn 1:19). Cf NET, NLT, TEV.+5:18Or breaking. Cf ESV and RSV at Mt 5:19. Relax is the more likely meaning here (see notes at Mt 11:28, 16:19, 23:4). Cf also Mt 12:1-13; Mk 2:23-3:6; Lk 6:1-11.+5:18πατέρα ἴδιον ( patera idion) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a rhetorical question has been used to give extra focus to this element.+5:18Lit thereby making, or thus making.+5:18ἴσον τῷ θεῷ ( ison tō theō) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+5:19οὖν ( oun) here is signaling a resumption of the discourse that began in v 17. For further discussion of οὖν in John’s gospel, see Runge, Disc Grammar, 44-7.+5:19EFE. This is a redundant quotative frame. In Greek, redundant quotative frames “draw attention to a surprising or important speech that follows” ( LDGNTG, sv redundant quotative frame; cf Runge, Disc Grammar, 145-62).+5:19IT (see note at Mt 5:18).+5:19τὸν πατέρα ( ton patera) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this element.+5:19Lit that one.+5:19ἐκεῖνος ( ekeinos) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this element.+5:19καὶ ὁ υἱὸς ( kai ho huios) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+5:20πάντα ἃ αὐτὸς ποιεῖ ( panta ha autos poiei) is in a split focal position (see BART Display), and therefore γὰρ (gar) has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this element.+5:20μείζονα τούτων ἔργα ( meizona toutōn erga) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT). An adverb has been used to give extra focus to the preposed element.+5:20Cf TEV.+5:20ἵνα ( hina) here is interpreted as signaling result. This is reflected in the translation. Cf NET, NIV, TEV.+5:20Cf Is 29:13-14.+5:21οὓς θέλει ( hous thelei) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft and italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+5:21Or wills, or wishes, or wants. Cf 2 Pt 1:10.+5:22Cf HCSB, NCV.+5:22ὁ πατὴρ ( ho patēr) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this element (cf TEV). οὐδὲ γὰρ ( oude gar) has also been used as a spacer to the same end (cf HCSB, NCV).+5:22πᾶσαν ( pasan) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore this element within the ME (see following note) has been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+5:22Lit but all judgment has given to the Son. ME (see UBSHS [Jn], 155). Cf NAB, Phps.+5:23Cf Ps 72; Is 11:1-5, 42:1-4; Ac 17:31.+5:23A condition is implied in the participle here. For more on implicit conditions in Greek, see Wallace, Grammar, 687-9.+5:23Cf JB, NEB, NAB.+5:23Cf Mt 10:40, 13:57; Mk 9:37; Lk 9:48; Jn 4:44,12:44-45.+5:24IT (see note at Mt 5:18).+5:24A condition is implied in the participle here. For more on implicit conditions in Greek, see Wallace, Grammar, 687-9. Cf translation and notes at Jn 3:18.+5:24Lit hears. A call to both attentiveness and an obedient response is implied here (see L-N, 36.14). Cf Dt 18:15-22.+5:24τὸν λόγον μου ( ton logon mou) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give extra focus to the key word. Although the possessive idea isn’t in an embedded focal position as in John 8:51 (see BART Display there), the pronoun still seems to be the key word in this context. Through personal correspondence, I asked Dr. Stephen Levinsohn: “Jn 8:51-52, Jn 14:15, Jn 15:10—In these places, where ‘my word’ or ‘my commandments’ is marked in the BART Display for focal prominence, is the entire constituent receiving extra focus, or is the pronoun mostly in focus, even if it isn’t in an embedded focal position, as in Jn 8:51? Cf also Jn 15:20, 17:6.” This was his response: “In 15:10, the key words are ‘my’ and ‘of my Father’ but, as you say, they haven’t been preposed for focal prominence.” This seems to be the case here as well. Hence, I have limited the italics to the pronoun.+5:24Or word, or message, or teaching. If Dt 18:15-22 is serving as the conceptual backdrop to this statement (which seems probable to me, since the presentation of Jesus as the Prophet who is greater than Moses is such a central feature of John’s gospel), then a rendering like that found in the TEV is best here.+5:24Here the focus seems to be on believing the truth of what the Father said about the Messiah in the OT Scriptures (cf, eg, Jn 2:22, 5:46, 7:38). Hence the rendering here.+5:24Cf Dt 18:15-22; Ac 3:22-23.+5:24See notes at Jn 3:15, 18, 36.+5:24This is a more literal rendering of ζωὴν αἰώνιον ( zōēn aiōnion), which most English translations render as “eternal life.” See UBSHS (Jn), 88.+5:24Lit and into condemnation isn’t going to come. Cf Jn 3:18. οὐκ ἔρχεται ( ouk erchetai) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and therefore inversion has been used to give extra focus to this element.+5:25IT (see note at Mt 5:18).+5:25Lit an hour.+5:25νῦν ( nun) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element, which has also been placed in clause-final for extra focus.+5:26καὶ τῷ υἱῷ ( kai tō huiō) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore this element within the ME (see following note) has been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+5:26Lit For just as the Father has life in himself, so he has granted also to the Son to have life in himself. ME (see UBSHS [Jn], 159). Cf JB, NEB, NLT, TEV. V 21 confirms that the interpretation of “life in himself” represented in the NLT and TEV is accurate. Cf Jn 1:4.+5:27ἐξουσίαν ( exousian) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+5:27κρίσιν ( krisin) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT; note, though, that the BART Display is marked for focal ambiguity), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+5:27υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου ( huios anthrōpou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a demonstrative pronoun and colon have been used to give extra focus to this element.+5:27Cf Dn 7.+5:28Lit an hour.+5:29τὰ ἀγαθὰ ( ta agatha) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+5:29Or to, or unto. Cf Re 20:4-6, 11-15.+5:29τὰ φαῦλα ( ta phaula) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+5:29Or to, or unto. Cf Re 20:4-6, 11-15.+5:29Cf Jb 34:11; Ps 28:4, 62:12; Pr 24:12; Jr 17:10, 32:19; Mt 16:27; Lk 14:14; Ac 24:15; Rm 2:6, 14:12; 2 Co 5:10; 1 Pt 1:17; Re 2:23, 20:4-6, 20:11-15, 22:12.+5:30καθὼς ἀκούω ( kathōs akouō) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore an adverb has been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+5:30Lit as I hear. ME. Cf NCV, NLT, TEV.+5:30δικαία ( dikaia) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis. Cf Is 2:1-4, 11:1-5, 42:1-4.+5:30Cf the translation here with that at Mt 6:33. See note there.+5:30Cf Ps 40:7-8.+5:31For the meaning of ἀληθής (alēthēs) in this context, see BDAG, 43, ἀληθής 2. Cf Dt 19:15.+5:32ἄλλος ( allos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element. Cf ASV.+5:32Or It is another.+5:32ἀληθής ( alēthēs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element.+5:33IT. Cf HCSB, ISV, TEV.+5:33Cf Jn 1:19-27.+5:34παρὰ ἀνθρώπου ( para anthrōpou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore this element within the ME (see following note) has been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+5:34Lit I don’t receive/accept the testimony from man. ME (see UBSHS [Jn], 164). Cf JB, NEB, NLT.+5:35Lit exult. ME (see LALS, sv ἀγαλλιάω; L-N, 25.133).+5:35Lit in the light of him. ME/IT ( UBSHS [Jn], 165). Cf NLT. While I agree with the interpretation of the UBSHS here (ie, that John’s message is in view here), I would argue that John’s life is also in view. Cf, eg, Mt 11:11; Lk 1:15-16.+5:36Lit I have the testimony/witness greater than that of John. ME (see UBSHS [Jn], 165). Cf NEB, NIV, TEV. Translation is a bit tricky here, since one “witness” is a person, and the other a set of acts (for further discussion, see UBSHS [Jn], 165).+5:36ἔργον ( ergon) in this context is referring to miraculous deeds (see BDAG, 390, ἔργον 1.c.α.). Cf, eg, Jn 7:21, 10:32-37.+5:36Following the structuring of the NLT and TEV in translation here. See also UBSHS (Jn), 166.+5:36ἔργον ( ergon) in this context is referring to miraculous deeds (see BDAG, 390, ἔργον 1.c.α.). Cf, eg, Jn 7:21, 10:32-37.+5:36αὐτὰ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιῶ ( auta ta erga ha poiō) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore the intensive pronoun has been positioned so as to give extra focus to this element (since the left-dislocated information was linked to the first part of the verse in translation).+5:36ἀπέσταλκεν ( apestalken) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+5:36Cf Ex 3-4.+5:37ἐκεῖνος ( ekeinos) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to the referent of this element. Cf CJB, ESV, HCSB, NCV, NET, NIV, NLT, NRSV, RSV.+5:37φωνὴν αὐτοῦ ( phōnēn autou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+5:37πώποτε ( pōpote) is in P2 (see BART Display), and has therefore been segmented with commas for extra focus.+5:37εἶδος αὐτοῦ ( eidos autou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis. Cf Dt 4:12-13; Ex 33:20.+5:38τὸν λόγον ἐν ὑμῖν μένοντα ( ton logon en humin menonta) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT). Italics have been used to give extra focus to the preposed element.+5:38ἐν ὑμῖν ( menonta) is in an embedded focal position (confirmed through personal correspondence with Dr. Stephen Levinsohn), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+5:38Lit he whom that one.+5:38οὐ πιστεύετε ( ou pisteuete) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore inversion has been used to give extra focus to this element.+5:39IT (see UBSHS [Jn], 168).+5:39ζωὴν αἰώνιον ( zōēn aiōnion) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+5:39This is a more literal rendering of ζωὴν αἰώνιον (zōēn aiōnion), which most English translations render as “eternal life.” See UBSHS (Jn), 88.+5:39ἐκεῖναί ( ekeinai) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this element.+5:40Or have, or experience, or share in. See note at Jn 3:15. Cf NLT. ἔχητε ( echēte) is in a DFE position (see BART Display; note, though, that the BART Display is marked for focal ambiguity), and therefore italics and an adverb have been used to give extra focus to this element.+5:41Δόξαν παρὰ ἀνθρώπου ( Doxan para anthrōpou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a demonstrative pronoun and a colon have been used to give extra focus to this element within the ME (see note at the end of this verse).+5:41Or praise, or glory.+5:41ME(OTB)/IT. See note at Mt 19:26.+5:41Lit I do not accept/receive praise/glory/honor from men. ME (see UBSHS [Jn], 169). Cf NLT.+5:42Lit I know you. ME. Cf TEV. Again, the focus in this context is on character (see translation and notes at Jn 1:48, 2:24-25).+5:42Lit within you (the “you” here is plural). ME. Cf NIV, TEV.+5:42τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ θεοῦ ( tēn agapēn tou theou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress. The negative particle has also been placed directly before this element to the same end (cf CJB, HCSB, TEV).+5:43ME(H)/IT (see UBSHS [Jn], 170; translation and notes at 1 Co 1:10). Cf TEV.+5:43ἄλλος ( allos) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction and a spacer (derived from the context; cf ISV, NCV, NIV, NLT, TEV) have been used to give extra focus to this element.+5:43Lit If another, or If someone else.+5:43τῷ ἰδίῳ ( tō idiō) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+5:43ἐκεῖνον ( ekeinon) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+5:43Cf Is 9:13-16; Jr 5:31, 6:13, 14:14, 23:9-39, 27:10-15, 29:9; Ezk 13:1-19; Mic 3:5.+5:44For the rhetorical force of πῶς ( pōs) in this type of context, see BDAG, 901, sv 1.a.α-δ. Cf NLT.+5:44Or glory, or praise.+5:44παρὰ ἀλλήλων ( para allēlōn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+5:44Lit when you receive glory/honor/praise from one another. ME (see translation and note at v 41 above).+5:44τὴν δόξαν τὴν παρὰ τοῦ μόνου θεοῦ ( tēn doxan tēn para tou monou theou) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore a demonstrative pronoun, colon, and italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+5:44Or glory, or praise.+5:45It is possible that ἐγὼ ( egō) here is focal (in the BART Display it is marked for focal ambiguity). At the very least, it is providing a foil for “Moses” in the next clause (this is Stephen Levinsohn’s position, which he shared with me through personal correspondence). Cf CJB, ISV, NLT, TEV.+5:46An emphatic form of the pronoun is used here (see Black, Grammar, 66). Italics have thus been used to give extra emphasis to this element.+5:46περὶ ἐμοῦ ( peri emou) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give this element extra focus.+5:47τοῖς ἐκείνου γράμμασιν ( tois ekeinou grammasin) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), with ἐκείνου ( ekinou) in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore δὲ ( de) has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this element.+5:47Lit of that one.+5:47For the rhetorical force of πῶς ( pōs) in this type of context, see BDAG, 901, sv 1.a.α-δ.+5:47τοῖς ἐμοῖς ῥήμασιν ( tois emois rhēmasin) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), with ἐμοῖς in an embedded focal position (see BART Display). Italics have been used to give the embedded element extra focus and emphasis.+6:2Lit the signs that he was doing on the sick. ME (see UBSHS [Jn], 177). Cf HCSB, NCV, NLT, TEV.+6:4Lit The Passover was near, the Festival of the Jews. ME. Cf NCV, NLT. τὸ πάσχα ( to pascha) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and therefore this element within the ME has been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+6:5πολὺς ὄχλος ( polus ochlos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element.+6:6The participle has been interpreted as an adverbial participle of purpose. This is reflected in the translation. Cf most English translations.+6:6Lit test him.+6:7διακοσίων δηναρίων ἄρτοι ( diakosiōn dēnariōn artoi) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb (with the negative marker placed directly before it) has been used to give extra focus to this element.+6:7Lit two hundred denarii. ME(H) (see note at Mt 18:24). Cf NIV.+6:7βραχύ ( brachu) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element.+6:7Lit Two hundred denarii worth of bread is not enough for them that each one may take a little. ME (see UBSHS [Jn], 179). Cf NCV, NIV, TEV.+6:8Lit his.+6:9Lit But what are these for so many? ME (see UBSHS [Jn], 180). Cf NET, NLT.+6:10Lit with respect to the number about five thousand.+6:11ME(H)/IT. The “loaves” were not long like those in supermarkets today, but were small and round (one person might normally eat three during a meal). Five loaves might have been enough for two people (see L-N, 5.8; UBSHS [Mt], 460).+6:11The verb here is functioning causatively/ergatively. For more on causative/ergative actives (in which the subject is the ultimate source behind the action), see Wallace, Grammar, 411.+6:11IT. The direct object is implied from the context. Cf, eg, ISV, NET.+6:11Or pickled. ME(H)/IT. The fish were not raw, but were cooked or pickled (see UBSHS [Mt], 460; UBSHS [Mk], 205).+6:11Lit they.+6:12Lit he.+6:12Cf HCSB, ISV. See note at Mt 14:20.+6:12περισσεύσαντα ( perisseusanta) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+6:12τι ( ti) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been rendered with an indefinite article for extra focus (with the negative particle positioned directly in front of it).+6:13Lit So they collected and filled twelve baskets of fragments from the five loaves of barley which abounded to/were leftover by the people. ME (see note at Mt 14:20; UBSHS [Jn], 182). ἐκ ( ek) here is signaling that the five loaves were the original source of the fragments.+6:14Lit he.+6:14Cf Dt 18:15-22.+6:15Lit they. Cf NCV.+6:15Lit that they were about to come and seize him so that they might make him king. ME. Cf NLT.+6:16ὀψία ( opsia) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been placed in clause-final for primary focus and stress.+6:16Lit his.+6:17σκοτία ( skotia) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been placed in clause-final for primary focus and stress. Cf NIV.+6:18The participle has been interpreted as an adverbial participle of cause. This is reflected in the translation. Cf ESV, LEB, NASB, NKJV, NRSV, RSV.+6:18ἀνέμου μεγάλου ( anemou megalou) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element, which has also been placed in clause-final in translation (with the verbal information left implicit; lit because a strong wind was blowing).+6:19Lit about twenty-five or thirty stadia. ME(H). Cf ESV, HCSB, ISV, NCV, NET, NLT. One stadion was about 600 feet.+6:19ἐγγὺς τοῦ πλοίου ( engus tou ploiou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a repetition has been used to give extra focus to this element.+6:20ἐγώ ( egō) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis (rendered here in more colloquial English).+6:20Or I AM. See notes at Mt 14:27; Jn 4:26. Cf Ex 23:21; Jn 1:1-3, 17:6.+6:22πλοιάριον ἄλλο ( ploiarion allo) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb (drawn from the exception/restriction structure) has been used to give extra focus to this element, which has also been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+6:22Lit The next day, the crowd that was standing on the other side of the sea saw that a another small boat was not there, except one, and that Jesus did not comes with his disciples into the boat, but only his disciples had departed. ME (see UBSHS [Jn], 189). The mismatch in languages is obvious here. Cf HCSB, NCV, NET, NIV, TEV.+6:23ἄλλα πλοιά[ρια] ( alla ploia[ria]) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT). Italics have been used to give extra focus and emphasis to the preposed element.+6:23IT (see L-N, 93.597).+6:23Lit they.+6:24Ἰησοῦς οὐδὲ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ ( Yēsous oude hoi mathētai autou) is in a split focal position (see BART Display; cf LDGNT), and therefore οὖν ( oun) has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this element. An intensive pronoun has also been used to give extra focus to the preposed element.+6:25πότε ( pote) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+6:26EFE. This is a redundant quotative frame. In Greek, redundant quotative frames “draw attention to a surprising or important speech that follows” ( LDGNTG, sv redundant quotative frame; cf Runge, Disc Grammar, 145-62).+6:26IT (see note at Mt 5:18).+6:26ὅτι εἴδετε σημεῖα ( hoti eidete sēmeia) and ὅτι ἐφάγετε ἐκ τῶν ἄρτων καὶ ἐχορτάσθητε ( hoti ephagete ek tōn artōn kai echortasthēte) are in E-O, as part of a point-counterpoint series (see LDGNT), and therefore the negative particle has been placed directly before the counterpoint in order to give extra focus to these elements.+6:26Lit but because you ate from the loaves and were satisfied. ME (see UBSHS [Mt], 462). Cf CJB, NET, TEV.+6:27This is a more literal rendering of ζωὴν αἰώνιον ( zōēn aiōnion), which most English translations render as “eternal life.” See UBSHS (Jn), 88.+6:27ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ( ho huios tou anthrōpou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+6:27Cf Ex 16:4-5, 35.+6:27ὁ πατὴρ ὁ θεός ( ho patēr ho theos) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this element within the ME (see following note).+6:27Lit For this one the Father has sealed, God. ME (see BDAG, 980, σφραγίζω 3, 4; UBSHS [Jn], 194). Cf Jn 5:30-47.+6:28Lit the deeds of God. The genitive here is subjective (see BDAG, 390, sv ἔργον 1.c.β.). Cf NCV, NET, NIV, TEV.+6:28Lit What shall we do so that we may be working/doing the works/deeds of God? ME (see UBSHS [Jn], 194). Cf JB, NEB.+6:29Lit This is the work of God. The genitive here is subjective (see BDAG, 390, sv ἔργον 1.c.β.). Cf NCV, TEV.+6:30σημεῖον ( sēmeion) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+6:31Or forefathers. Lit fathers.+6:31τὸ μάννα ( to manna) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+6:31ἄρτον ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ( arton ek tou ouranou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give this element extra focus.+6:31Ps 78:24. Cf Ex 16:4-36.+6:32IT (see note at Mt 5:18).+6:32Μωϋσῆς ( Mōusēs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+6:32ὁ πατήρ μου ( ho patēr mou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore the clause has been structured to give extra focus to this element.+6:32τὸν ἀληθινόν ( ton alēthinon) is in an embedded split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+6:33ζωὴν ( zōēn) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+6:34This is an imperative of entreaty (ie, an imperative functioning as a polite request).+6:34πάντοτε ( pantote) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore κύριε ( kurie) has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this element.+6:35Or I myself am. See notes at Mt 14:27; Jn 4:26. Cf Ex 23:21; Jn 1:1-3, 17:6.+6:35Conditions are implied in the participles here. For more on implicit conditions in Greek, see Wallace, Grammar, 687-9.+6:35πρὸς ( pros) typically takes μέ (see Black, Grammar, 68). When used with ἐμέ ( eme), the pronoun is emphatic (cf UBSHS [Lk], 68). Italics have thus been used to give extra emphasis to the pronoun.+6:37The neuter gender is used here, but the meaning is people (see UBSHS [Jn], 199). Cf CJB, HCSB, LEB, NET, TEV. It may be that the neuter is taking us back to the “broken pieces” mentioned in v 12, where they are used as a prophetic picture of those who are “gathered.” Cf v 39 (where ἀπόλλυμι [ apollumi], the same verb that is used in Jn 6:12, is used).+6:37Drawing from BDAG in translation here (see BDAG, 242, δίδωμι 5.b.). Cf Is 8:18.+6:37πρὸς ( pros) typically takes μέ ( me) (see Black, Grammar, 68). When used with ἐμέ ( eme), the pronoun is emphatic (cf UBSHS [Lk], 68). Italics have not been used with the pronoun here, however, since “come” is focally prominent here (see following note).+6:37ἥξει ( hēxei) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore inversion has been used to give extra focus to this element.+6:37A condition is implied in the participle here. For more on implicit conditions in Greek, see Wallace, Grammar, 687-9.+6:37πρὸς ( pros) typically takes μέ (see Black, Grammar, 68). When used with ἐμέ ( eme), the pronoun is emphatic (cf UBSHS [Lk], 68). Italics have thus been used to give extra emphasis to the pronoun.+6:37Cf Jn 6:12; 1 Co 1:26-31.+6:38Cf Ps 40:7-8; Ezk 34.+6:39Cf Is 8:18.+6:39Lit that I would not lose from it. See note at “everyone” in v 37 above. Cf NCV, NET, NIV, NLT, TEV.+6:40See note at Jn 3:15.+6:40This is a more literal rendering of ζωὴν αἰώνιον ( zōēn aiōnion), which most English translations render as “eternal life.” See UBSHS (Jn), 88.+6:40Cf Nu 21:9; Jn 3:14.+6:41Lit the Jews. In John’s gospel, the “Jews” can refer to the Jewish authorities, to the people generally, or to those who were hostile to Jesus (see NET Bible Notes, Jn 1:19; translation and notes at Ac 9:22). In this context, it is referring to the people generally (see vv 60-66). Cf NCV, NLT, TEV.+6:41Cf Ex 17:3; Nu 14:26-30, 16:41, 17:1-7.+6:42πῶς ( pōs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore “how in the world” (for the rhetorical function of πῶς [ pōs] in this type of context, see BDAG, 901, sv 1.a.α-δ.), a cleft, and a spacer (implied from the context; cf ISV, TEV) have been used to give extra focus to this element.+6:42ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ( ek tou ouranou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+6:45Is 54:13. Cf Jr 31:33-34; Jn 6:45; 1 Co 2:13; 1 Th 4:9; 1 Jn 2:20; Heb 8:10-11.+6:45πᾶς ὁ ἀκούσας παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ μαθὼν ( pas ho akousas para tou patros tou patros kai mathōn) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+6:45IT. The direct object here is implied from “the Father.” Cf Jn 1:48-49, 4:25, 5:44-47.+6:45πρὸς ( pros) typically takes μέ ( me) (see Black, Grammar, 68). When used with ἐμέ ( eme), the pronoun is emphatic (cf UBSHS [Lk], 68). Italics have not been used here, however, since the preposed element is focally prominent (see note at the cleft earlier in this verse).+6:46τὸν πατέρα ( ton patera) is a topical frame/POD (see BART Display and LDGNT). A passive construction has therefore been used in translation here, in order to allow “the Father” to remain in clause-initial in more natural English.+6:46οὗτος ( houtos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore the clause has been structured to give extra focus to this element.+6:46This statement is interpreted as a parenthetical comment given by John for clarification (with the NET Bible Notes; see NET Bible Notes, Jn 6:46). This is reflected in the translation. Cf LEB, NET, NLT. Cf Jn 1:18.+6:47IT (see note at Mt 5:18).+6:47A condition is implied in the participle here. For more on implicit conditions in Greek, see Wallace, Grammar, 687-9.+6:47See note at Jn 3:15.+6:47This is a more literal rendering of ζωὴν αἰώνιον ( zōēn aiōnion), which most English translations render as “eternal life.” See UBSHS (Jn), 88.+6:49Or forefathers. Lit fathers.+6:49τὸ μάννα ( to manna) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+6:49IT. Cf NCV.+6:50IT. A contrast is implied here. Cf CJB, NIV, TEV.+6:50ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ( ek tou ouranou) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+6:50ἐξ αὐτοῦ ( ex autou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+6:50Lit This is the bread that comes down from heaven, that someone may eat of it and not die. ME (see UBSHS [Jn], 205). Cf CJB, TEV. A protasis and apodosis are implied here (in the NT, καί [ kai] is sometimes used to introduce an apodosis; see BDAG, 494, sv καί 1.b.δ.). Koine Greek often uses parataxis in places where English may prefer hypotaxis (see BDAG, 494, sv καί 1.b.β.-ζ.; BDF, §471; Wallace, Grammar, 19; NET Bible Notes, Mk 10:28).+6:51Or I myself am.+6:51In this context, ζάω ( zaō) means source of life/life-giving (see BDAG, 426, sv 5; UBSHS [Jn], 205).+6:51ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ( ek tou ouranou) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+6:51ἐγὼ ( egō) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this element.+6:51ἡ σάρξ μού ( hē sarx mou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an emphatic adjective and demonstrative pronoun have been used to give extra focus to this element.+6:51Lit flesh. Translated according to “Flesh” C (see FBT Chart). Cf UBSHS (Jn), 206.+6:51Lit for the life of. ὑπέρ ( huper) here is functioning as a marker of benefaction (see, cf, L-N, 90.36). The meaning is the same here as in v 33.+6:51τοῦ κόσμου ( tou kosmou) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+6:52Lit the Jews. In John’s gospel, the “Jews” can refer to the Jewish authorities, to the people generally, or to those who were hostile to Jesus (see NET Bible Notes, Jn 1:19; translation and notes at Ac 9:22). In this context, it is referring to the people generally (see vv 60-66). Cf NCV, NLT, TEV.+6:52For the rhetorical force of πῶς ( pōs) in this type of context, see BDAG, 901, sv 1.a.α-δ.+6:52ἡμῖν ( hēmin) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT; note, though, that the BART Display is marked for focal ambiguity), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+6:52Lit flesh. Translated according to “Flesh” C (see FBT Chart). Cf UBSHS (Jn), 206.+6:53IT (see note at Mt 5:18).+6:53Translated according to “Flesh” C (see FBT Chart). Cf UBSHS (Jn), 206.+6:53See note at Jn 3:15.+6:54ὁ τρώγων μου τὴν σάρκα καὶ πίνων μου τὸ αἷμα ( ho trōgōn mou tēn sarka kai pinōn mou to haima) is in P2 (see BART Display; note, though, that the BART Display is marked for focal ambiguity), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+6:54Lit flesh. Translated according to “Flesh” C (see FBT Chart). Cf UBSHS (Jn), 206.+6:54See note at Jn 3:15.+6:54This is a more literal rendering of ζωὴν αἰώνιον ( zōēn aiōnion), which most English translations render as “eternal life.” See UBSHS (Jn), 88.+6:55Lit flesh. Translated according to “Flesh” C (see FBT Chart). Cf UBSHS (Jn), 206.+6:55ἀληθής βρῶσις ( alēthēs brōsis) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT). The DFE has been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+6:55ἀληθής πόσις ( alēthēs posis) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT). The DFE has been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+6:56A condition is implied in the participle here. For more on implicit conditions in Greek, see Wallace, Grammar, 687-9.+6:56Lit flesh. Translated according to “Flesh” C (see FBT Chart). Cf UBSHS (Jn), 206.+6:56ἐν ἐμοὶ ( en emoi) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element within the ME (see following note).+6:56Lit remains in me, or dwells in me. ME (see BDAG, 631, sv μένω 1.a.β.; UBSHS [Jn], 209). Cf 1 Co 10:16; 1 Jn 1:2-3.+6:57Although it is possible that ζάω ( zaō) means source of life/life-giving/life-producing (as at Jn 6:51; see UBSHS [Jn], 205), because of the comparison with “the one who feeds on me” in this verse, here it probably means “full of life” (for this gloss, see BDAG, 426, sv 4). Also, ζῶν ( zōn) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and has therefore been segmented with commas for extra focus.+6:57ζάω ( zaō) here means the same thing as it does in the preceding statement about the Father (see previous note).+6:57Lit because of the Father. ME/IT (see UBSHS [Jn], 209).+6:57A condition is implied in the participle here. For more on implicit conditions in Greek, see Wallace, Grammar, 687-9.+6:57Lit because of me. ME/IT (see UBSHS [Jn], 209). Cf Rm 6:10-11; 1 Jn 1:2-3.+6:58οὗτός ( houtos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+6:58ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ( ek tou ouranou) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+6:58Or forefathers. Lit fathers.+6:58Lit not just as the fathers ate and died. ME. Cf CJB, NCV, NET, TEV.+6:58A condition is implied in the participle here. For more on implicit conditions in Greek, see Wallace, Grammar, 687-9.+6:60Or message, or word.+6:60σκληρός ( sklēros) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element. Cf TEV.+6:60Drawing from LEH LXX Lex in translation here (sv σκληρός [Gn 21:11]). Cf UBSHS (Jn), 212.+6:60ἀκούειν ( akouein) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+6:60Or Who can understand such talk? Lit Who can hear it? ME (see UBSHS [Jn], 212). Cf CJB, HCSB, ISV, NCV, NIV.+6:61Lit Knowing in himself. ME (see UBSHS [Jn], 212). Cf TEV.+6:61τοῦτο ( touto) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+6:61Cf Ps 118:22; Is 8:14; 28:16; Mt 11:6, 13:57; Lk 2:34; Rm 9:33; 1 Pe 2:6-8.+6:63τὸ πνεῦμά ( to pneuma) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+6:63Lit the flesh. Translated according to “Flesh” G (see FBT Chart; cf UBSHS [Jn], 213). Cf NLT, TEV. Cf also Ga 3:1-6.+6:63Drawing from ANLEX (see p 416, sv ὠφελέω 2) and L-N (see 68.33) in translation here. Cf NLT.+6:63Or are Spirit, or are spirit. If this is a reference to the Holy Spirit (I agree with the UBSHS [see UBSHS (Jn), 213] that this is in fact likely, despite the lack of the article; cf, eg, Jn 3:5-6, 4:24), then the meaning here is something like “in which the Spirit’s work is exhibited” (see BDAG, 835, sv πνεῦμα 6.a.), or “full of the Spirit” (cf NIV [2011 edition]; cf also Robertson, Word Pictures, Jn 6:63, where he comments that the “breath of God” is “in these words”; this would be essentially equivalent to “full of”). Hence the translation here. πνεῦμά ( pneuma) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+6:63As v 68 confirms (cf “words of eternal life” there), εἰμί ( eimi) here is functioning along the same lines as the implied copula at Rm 8:6 (cf ISV, NLT, and TEV there; cf also UBSHS [Rm], 148).+6:63ζωή ( zōē) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+6:66Or From that time on.+6:66οὐκέτι ( ouketi) is in P2 (see LDGNT; confirmed with Dr. Stephen Levinsohn through personal correspondence), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+6:67καὶ ὑμεῖς ( kai humeis) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this element.+6:68ῥήματα ζωῆς αἰωνίου ( rhēmata zōēs aiōniou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an emphatic adjective has been used to give extra focus to this element.+6:68Lit of. ME (see UBSHS [Jn], 216).+6:68This is a more literal rendering of ζωὴν αἰώνιον ( zōēn aiōnion), which most English translations render as “eternal life.” See UBSHS (Jn), 88.+6:69“Still” and “remain” are drawn from the perfect tense of the verbs here (in Greek, the perfect tense signals a past action with ongoing results/relevance at the time of the speaker [see, eg, Wallace, Grammar, 573; cf UBSHS (Jn), 216]). Cf ISV.+6:69Cf Lk 22:28.+6:70ὑμᾶς τοὺς δώδεκα ( humas tous dōdeka) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+6:70“For myself” is drawn from the middle voice here (see Wallace, Grammar, 421).+6:70διάβολός ( diabolos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this element. διάβολός ( diabolos) is monadic, referring to the devil, not a demon (for further discussion, see Wallace, Grammar, 249; NET Bible Notes, Jn 6:40). Cf HCSB, NET. The absence of the article is common with focally prominent constituents.+7:1Lit for he was not wanting to walk in Judea. ME. CJB, NIV. ἐν τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ ( en tē youdaia) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+7:1Lit the Jews. ME(H) (see note at Jn 1:19).+7:1The verb here is functioning causatively/ergatively. For more on causative/ergative actives (in which the subject is the ultimate source behind the action), see Wallace, Grammar, 411.+7:2IT. Cf NCV, TEV.+7:2Cf Lv 23:33–43; Dt 16:13–15.+7:3Lit his.+7:4Lit and. Koine Greek often uses parataxis in places where English may prefer hypotaxis (see BDAG, 494, sv καί 1.b.β.-ζ.; BDF, §471; Wallace, Grammar, 19; NET Bible Notes, Mk 10:28). Cf ESV, HCSB, ISV, NASB, NLT, RSV, TEV.+7:4Lit wants to be in public. ME. Cf CJB, NCV, TEV. ἐν παρρησίᾳ ( in parrēsia) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+7:4ἐν κρυπτῷ ( en kurptō) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore καὶ ζητεῖ αὐτὸς ἐν παρρησίᾳ εἶναι ( kai zētei autos en parrēsia einai) (rendered as a subordinate clause; see previous note) has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this element.+7:4Lit in secret. ME (see UBSHS [Jn], 222). Cf NEB.+7:4ταῦτα ( tauta) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore the clause has been structured to give extra focus to this element.+7:4Lit to the world. ME. κόσμος ( kosmos) here is referring to the world of mankind (see BDAG, 562, sv 6; UBSHS [Jn], 222).+7:5οὐδὲ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ ( oude hoi adelphoi autou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore οὐδὲ has been rendered ascensively to give extra focus to this element.+7:6Lit My appointed time.+7:6πάντοτέ ( pantote) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give extra focus and emphasis to this element within the ME (see following note).+7:6Lit Your appointed time is ready always. ME (see UBSHS [Jn], 223). Cf CJB, NCV, NIV, TEV.+7:7ἐμὲ ( eme) is an emphatic form of the first-person accusative pronoun (see Black, Grammar, 66), and is also in P2 (see BART Display). It has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+7:7πονηρά ( ponēra) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element. Cf CJB.+7:8Some manuscripts include οὔπω ( oupō) here, possibly as an attempt to reconcile this verse with v 10 (for a discussion of textual variants here, see NET Bible Notes, Jn 7:8). Even the more difficult reading, however, is not necessarily contradictory to v 10 when the function of the verbal aspect in this context is taken into consideration. In certain contexts the present indicative sometimes functions inceptively (highlighting the beginning of an action). V 10, therefore, can simply be seen as a contextual indicator that a beginning of action is in view here.+7:8ἐμὸς ( emos) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+7:8Or has not yet been completed.+7:10Lit he.+7:10καὶ αὐτὸς ( kai autos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore καὶ has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this element. The intensive pronoun has also been placed in clause-final to the same end.+7:10Lit in secret. Maintaining consistency in translation with v 4. See translation and note there.+7:11Lit the Jews. ME(H) (see note at Jn 1:19).+7:12γογγυσμὸς περὶ αὐτοῦ πολὺς ( gongusmos peri auto polus) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis. The element has also been placed in clause-final to the same end.+7:12ἀγαθός ( agathos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+7:12Or the crowds, or the masses.+7:13παρρησίᾳ ( parrēsia) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a comma has been used to give extra focus to this element.+7:13Lit the Jews. ME(H) (see note at Jn 1:19).+7:14μεσούσης ( mesousēs) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for primary focus and stress.+7:15Lit therefore. ME. Cf NLT.+7:15For the rhetorical force of πῶς ( pōs) in this type of context, see BDAG, 901, sv 1.a.α-δ.+7:15γράμματα ( grammata) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element within the ME (see following note). Cf NLT, TEV.+7:15Lit How does this man know learning/knowledge/letters...? ME (see UBSHS [Jn], 228). Cf CJB, HCSB, ISV, NET, NLT, TEV.+7:15Lit ...when he hasn’t learned? ME(H) (see NET Bible Notes, Jn 7:14; UBSHS [Jn], 228).+7:16ἐμὴ ( emē) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+7:16ἐμὴ ( emē) and τοῦ πέμψαντός με ( tou pempsantos me) are in E-O, as part of a point-counterpoint series (see LDGNT), and therefore the negative particle has been placed directly before the counterpoint to give extra focus to these elements.+7:17τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ ( to thelēma autou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give extra focus and emphasis to the keyword of this element (see note at Jn 5:24).+7:17Cf Ps 1:2, 37:4, 40:8, 119; Jn 4:34, 5:30, 6:38,14:31; Heb 10:7.+7:17Lit he.+7:17Or will learn, or will know, or will find out, or will understand. Drawing from ANLEX (see ANLEX, 99, sv γινώσκω 1, 6) and LEH LXX Lex (see LEH LXX Lex, sv γινώσκω) in translation here. Cf HCSB, NIV.+7:17Lit he will know/come to know about the teaching. The content of the knowledge is made clear by what follows.+7:17ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ ( ek tou theou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+7:17ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ ( ap’ emautou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+7:17Lit from myself. ME (see BDAG, 321, sv ἐμαυτοῦ c.; UBSHS [Jn], 230). Cf ESV, NET, NKJV, RSV, TEV.+7:17Cf Jn 5:43, 6:27.+7:18A condition is implied in the participle here. For more on implicit conditions in Greek, see Wallace, Grammar, 687-9.+7:18ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ ( ap’ emautou) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give extra focus and emphasis to this element.+7:18Or glory, or praise.+7:18τὴν δόξαν τὴν ἰδίαν ( tēn doxan tēn idian) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), with τὴν ἰδίαν ( tēn idian) in an embedded focal position (see BART Display). An adverb/downtoner and italics have been used to give extra focus and emphasis to the embedded element.+7:18A condition is implied in the participle here. For more on implicit conditions in Greek, see Wallace, Grammar, 687-9.+7:18Or true. ἀληθής ( alēthēs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+7:18Lit in him. ME. Cf CJB, NCV, NLT, TEV at Jn 2:25; NIV and TEV at Jn 5:42.+7:18ἀδικία ( adikia) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore the negative particle has been grouped with this element to give it extra focus. The element has also been placed in clause-final (with the help of a dummy subject) to the same end.+7:18Cf Is 9:13-16; Jr 5:31, 6:13, 14:14, 23:9-39, 27:10-15, 29:9; Ezk 13:1-19; Mic 3:5; Mt 7:15-20; Jn 5:43-45; 2 Co 11:1-12:10; Th 2:4-8; 2 Pt 2:1; 1 Jn 4:1; Re 2:3.+7:19Lit And yet none of you are doing the Law/Torah. ME. The Hebrew word torah means “instruction” (see, eg, the HCSB at Ps 1:2; DBL Hebrew, #9368). Cf also L-N, 33.55.+7:19ζητεῖτε ἀποκτεῖναι ( zēteite apokteinai) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a adverb has been used to give extra focus to ζητεῖτε, and the information activated by ἀποκτεῖναι has been placed in clause-final (the infinitive is functioning causatively/ergatively here; for more on causative/ergative actives [in which the subject is the ultimate source behind the action], see Wallace, Grammar, 411).+7:19Cf Ex 20:13, Dt 5:17.+7:20δαιμόνιον ( daimonion) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+7:20τίς ( tis) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element.+7:21ἓν ἔργον ( hen ergon) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a demonstrative pronoun (based on the miracle being referred to here; see NET Bible Notes, Jn 7:21; UBSHS [Jn], 232) has been used to give extra focus to this element within the ME (see following note).+7:21Lit I did one deed/work. ME/IT (see BDAG, 1.c.α. ἔργον; NET Bible Notes, Jn 7:21; UBSHS [Jn], 232). Cf NCV, NET, NIV, NLT, TEV.+7:21θαυμάζετε ( thaumazete) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element.+7:21The context here indicates a negative reaction (see v 23). This suggests that Jesus’ response here is directed primarily to the authorities (cf Jn 5:9-16).+7:22ἐκ τοῦ Μωϋσέως ( ek tou Mōuseōs) and ἐκ τῶν πατέρων ( ek tōn paterōn) are in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), as part of a point-counterpoint series (see LDGNT), and therefore the negative particle has been placed directly before the counterpoint to give extra focus to these elements.+7:22Lit not that it is from Moses, but from the fathers. ME (see BDAG, 807, sv περιτομη 1.a.; UBSHS [Jn], 232). Cf NLT, TEV. Cf Gn 17:12-14; Lv 12:3.+7:22ἐν σαββάτῳ ( en sabbatō) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb and italics have been used to give extra focus and emphasis to this element within the ME (see following note).+7:22Lit For this reason Moses has given you circumcision (not that it is of Moses, but of the fathers), and even on the Sabbath you circumcise a man. ME (OTB/H)/IT (see UBSHS [Jn], 232). The gap in languages here is obvious, and Jesus’ point here hinges on the IT. Cf NCV, NLT, TEV.+7:23περιτομὴν ( peritomēn) is in a embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore this element within the ME (see note at the end of this verse) has been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+7:23ἐμοὶ ( emoi) is in P2 (see BART Display), and is an emphatic form of the dative first person pronoun (see Black, Grammar, 66). Italics have therefore been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+7:23ὅλον ἄνθρωπον ( holon antrhōpon) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis within the ME (see following note).+7:23Lit If a man receives circumcision on the Sabbath so that the Law of Moses is not loosed, are you angry with me because I made a an entire man well on the Sabbath? ME(H)/IT (see NET Bible Notes, Jn 7:23; UBSHS [Jn], 234). Again, the mismatch in languages here is obvious, and the argument is almost unintelligible apart from the IT being made explicit. The argument is a from-lesser-to-greater argument.+7:24κατ’ ὄψιν ( kat’ opsin) is in E-O (see LDGNT), and τὴν δικαίαν κρίσιν ( ten dikaian krisin) in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), as part of a point-counterpoint series (see LDGNT), and therefore the negative particle has been placed directly before the counterpoint to give extra focus to these elements.+7:24δικαίαν ( dikaian) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and has therefore been placed at the end of the phrase for extra focus and stress.+7:24Cf Is 11:3, 42:1-5; Mt 12:18; Jn 5:30.+7:25Lit they. Cf TEV.+7:26παρρησίᾳ ( parrēsia) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element.+7:26ἀληθῶς ( alēthōs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+7:27ἀλλὰ ( alla) here is introducing a corrective (see Runge, Disc Grammar, 55-7). Cf NLT.+7:28κἀμὲ ( kame) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+7:28Following the lead of the UBSHS in translation here (see UBSHS [Jn], 237).+7:28ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ ( ap’ emautou) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+7:28Lit from myself. Maintaining consistency in translation with vv 17-18 (see translation and notes there). Cf NCV, TEV.+7:28Or true, truthful, or reliable. Cf Jn 1:14-17; Rm 15:8.+7:29ἐγὼ ( ego) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+7:29παρ’ αὐτοῦ ( par’ autou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction and emphatic adjective have been used to give extra focus to this element.+7:29According to BDAG, “a local sense [is] preserved” with παρά ( para) here (see BDAG, 756, sv 1; cf also NAC [Jn], 120). Cf Jn 1:14, 17:5.+7:29ἀπέστειλεν ( apesteilen) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+7:30Lit they. Cf NLT. The next verse makes it clear that the leaders are once again primarily in view here.+7:30The verb here is functioning causatively/ergatively (for more on causative/ergative actives [in which the subject is the ultimate source behind the action]), see Wallace, Grammar, 411.+7:30Lit him.+7:30Lit hour.+7:31πολλοὶ ( polloi) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore repetition has been used to give extra focus to this element.+7:31πλείονα σημεῖα ποιήσει ὧν οὗτος ἐποίησεν ( pleiona sēmeia poiēsei hōn houtos epoiēsen) is in a split focal position (see BART Display; cf LDGNT), with οὗτος in an embedded focal position (see BART Display). An adverb has been used to give extra focus to the preposed element, while italics have been used to give extra focus and emphasis to the embedded element.+7:31In Greek, questions that begin with μὴ ( mē) expect a negative answer (see Black, Grammar, 170; Mounce, Grammar, 296).+7:32Lit about him.+7:32Lit the chief priests and the Pharisees.+7:33ἔτι χρόνον μικρὸν ( eti chronon mikron) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction and adverb have been used to give extra focus to this element.+7:33IT. Cf ISV, NCV, NLT.+7:34Cf Dt 4:29; 1 Ch 28:9; Ps 32:6; Is 55:6; Ho 5:14-6:3; Jr 29:12-14.+7:34In this context the verb is functioning futuristically. Cf NLT, TEV.+7:35Lit the Jews. ME(H) (see note at Jn 1:19).+7:35ποῦ ( pou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft and an adverb have been used to give extra focus to this element.+7:35 BDAG cites this as an example of consecutive ὅτι (see BDAG, 732, sv ὅτι 5.c.).+7:35εἰς τὴν διασπορὰν τῶν Ἑλλήνων ( eis tēn diasporan tōn Hllēnōn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a spacer (drawn from the negative answer expected by the question beginning with μὴ [ mē] here [see Black, Grammar, 170; Mounce, Grammar, 296]) has been used to give extra focus to this element.+7:35Lit to the dispersion. ME(H) (see NET Bible Notes, Jn 7:35; UBSHS [Jn], 242). Cf NET, NLT.+7:35Or the Greeks.+7:37ἐσχάτῃ ( eschatē) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+7:38Or “If someone is thirsty, let him come to me and drink. The one who believes in me, as the Scripture says, ‘rivers/streams...’ ” The original Greek manuscripts had no punctuation. Historically, the “Eastern interpretation” placed a major stop after “drink,” while the “Western interpretation” placed it after “the one who puts faith in me” (the latter is also called the “Christological interpretation,” and may be a chiasmus; for a brief discussion, see NET Bible Notes, Jn 7:37; UBSHS [Jn], 245). The “Western interpretation” is reflected in the translation here, with the “Eastern translation” reflected in the footnote. Cf JB, NAB, NEB, NET, TEV.+7:38Lit from his stomach. ME(I/F) (see ANLEX, 233, sv κοιλία 2.a.; DBL Greek, #3120.3; UBSHS [Jn], 246). Cf HCSB, NET, NIV. ἐκ τῆς κοιλίας αὐτοῦ ( ek tēs koilias autou) is in P2 (see BART Display), and ποταμοὶ αὐτοῦ ὕδατος ζῶντος ( potamoi autou hudatos zōntos) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT). Commas have been used to give extra focus to ἐκ τῆς κοιλίας αὐτοῦ, which has itself been used as a spacer to give extra focus to ποταμοὶ αὐτοῦ ὕδατος ζῶντος. A dummy subject has also been used to give extra focus to ποταμοὶ αὐτοῦ ὕδατος ζῶντος (the dummy subject allows this element to land in clause-final).*7:38rivers of life-giving\f + ζάω ( zaō) here has the same meaning as it has at Jn 6:51 (see translation and notes there). Cf TEV.+7:38Cf Ex 17:6, Ps 78:16; Is 12:1-3, 33:21, 43:18-21, 44:1-7, 55:1, 58:11; Ezk 47:1; Jl 3:18; Zc 13:1, 14:8; Jn 4:14; Re 22:1.+7:39Lit This he said about the Spirit. ME (see UBSHS [Jn], 247). Cf NCV, NIV, NLT.+7:39οἱ πιστεύσαντες εἰς αὐτόν ( hoi pisteusantes) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and therefore the clause has been structured in the passive voice to allow for this element to land in clause-final. Cf NLT.+7:39Included within the purview of δοξάζω ( doxazō) is both the giving of honor and the causing of someone to enter into a state of being “clothed” in resurrected glory (see BDAG, δοξάζω, 258, 1, 2). In Jesus’ case, the exaltation/giving of honor also involves the ascension (cf, eg, Ac 2:33; Php 2:9). Cf NCV, TEV.+7:41ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας ( ek tēs Galilaias) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+7:41In Greek, questions that begin with μὴ ( mē) expect a negative answer (see Black, Grammar, 170; Mounce, Grammar, 296).+7:42ἐκ τοῦ σπέρματος Δαυὶδ καὶ ἀπὸ Βηθλέεμ τῆς κώμης ὅπου ἦν Δαυὶδ ( ek spermatos David kai apo Bēthleem tēs kōmēs hopou ēn David) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give this element extra focus.+7:42Cf 2 Sm 7:8-16; Ps 89:3-4,132:11; Jr 23:5; Mic 5:2.+7:43σχίσμα ( schisma) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has also been used to give extra focus to this element (cf NET at Jn 10:19) within the ME (see following note). οὖν ( oun) has also been used as a spacer to the same end.+7:43Lit Therefore a division took place among the crowd because of him. ME. Cf CJB, NCV, NLT, NIV.+7:44Lit from them, or among them.+7:44τινὲς ἐξ αὐτῶν ( tines ex autō) is in a split focal position (see BART Display), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this element. δὲ ( de) has also been used as a spacer to the same end.+7:45IT (see NET Bible Notes, Jn 7:45). Cf NET.+7:47καὶ ὑμεῖς ( kai humeis) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this element.+7:48τις ἐκ τῶν ἀρχόντων ἐπίστευσεν εἰς αὐτὸν ἢ ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων ( tis ek tōn archontōn episteusen eis auton ē ek tōn Pharisaiōn) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore commas have been used to give extra focus to this element.+7:48In Greek, questions that begin with μὴ ( mē) expect a negative answer (see Black, Grammar, 170; Mounce, Grammar, 296). cf CJB, NCV.+7:49Or crowd. Drawing from L-N in translation here (see L-N, 87.64). Cf NET.+7:49Or the Law.+7:49ἐπάρατοί ( eparatois) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+7:49Cf NCV, NLT, TEV.+7:50IT. Cf NCV, TEV.+7:50Lit him.+7:50Lit being one of them. ME (see UBSHS [Jn], 253). Cf TEV.+7:51Lit Does the Law condemn the man if it does not first hear from him and know what he does? ME (see UBSHS [Jn], 254). Cf ISV, NLT, TEV.+7:51In Greek, questions that begin with μὴ ( mē) expect a negative answer (see Black, Grammar, 170; Mounce, Grammar, 296).+7:52καὶ σὺ ( kai su) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this element. καὶ has also been used as a spacer to the same end.+7:52IT. Cf CJB, NCV, NLT, TEV.+7:52Or a prophet. The lack of the article with “prophet” doesn’t necessarily mean that the Prophet of Dt 18:15 (which was a monadic concept in this time period; cf Jn 1:25) isn’t in view here (see NET Bible Notes, Jn 7:52; cf Wallace, Grammar, 243-9). Cf v 42.+7:52ἐγείρεται ( egeiretai) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+8:1The earliest manuscripts do not have Jn 7:53-8:11 (see NET Bible Notes, Jn 7:53/8:1). Following the lead of many English translations (see, eg, ESV, NET, NRSV, TEV), the section has been placed in brackets here.+8:2Lit he.+8:2πάλιν ( palin) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element, which has also been placed in clause-final for primary focus and stress.+8:3ἐπὶ μοιχείᾳ ( epi moicheia) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+8:3Lit had been caught in adultery. ME. Cf CJB, NET, TEV.+8:3Drawing from the UBSHS in translation here (see UBSHS [Mt], 558).+8:4Lit to him.+8:5Cf Lv 20:10; Dt 22:22. λιθάζειν ( lithazein) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore the clause has been structured in the passive voice to allow this element to land in clause-final. Cf CJB, TEV.+8:5In English, switches in topic are often introduced with a question. Cf, eg, the NIV and TEV at Mt 16:15, Mk 8:29, and Lk 9:20.+8:6The participle is interpreted as an adverbial participle of purpose. This is reflected in the translation. Cf CJB, HCSB, ISV, NCV, NLT, LEB, ESV, NRSV, RSV, TEV.+8:6κάτω ( katō) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+8:6τῷ δακτύλῳ ( tō daktulō) is in P2 (see BART Display; note, though, that the BART Display is marked for focal ambiguity), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for primary focus and stress.+8:6Cf Ex 8:19, 31:18.+8:7πρῶτος ( prōtos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+8:7Lit The one without sin among you must throw a stone at her first. ME (see L-N, 88.311). Cf NCV, NLT, TEV. πρῶτον ( protōn) is an adverbial adjective. English, though, would typically express this idea with an adjective modifying a noun.+8:7πάλιν ( palin) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element, which has also been placed in clause-final for primary focus.+8:9Lit and he was left alone. Cf HCSB.+8:9ἐν μέσῳ ( en mesō) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore adverbs has been used to give extra focus to this element.+8:9Lit the women being in the midst. The prepositional phrase used here (ἐν μέσῳ [ en mesō]) is the same as that used in v 3 above (see translation and notes there). This indicates it was the leaders/accusers who left one by one, while the rest of crowd (cf v 2) remained. Cf NLT. Maintaining consistency in translation with v 3.+8:10IT. See note at Jn 2:4.+8:10Lit Where are they? Cf ISV, NLT.+8:10οὐδείς ( oudeis) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element. Cf NLT.+8:11Or “ Not one, sir.”+8:11ἐγώ ( egō) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this element.+8:11See note at Mk 7:29. The same applies here. Cf NCV.+8:11Lit from now on no longer be sinning/committing sin. ME (see UBSHS [Jn], 262). Cf NAB, NRSV, RSV, TEV. Some measure of warning is implied here (cf Jn 5:14).+8:12Lit to them. See v 20. Cf JB, NCV, NEB, NIV, NLT, Phps.+8:12πάλιν ( palin) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element, which has also been placed in clause-final for primary focus and stress.+8:12A condition is implied in the participle here. For more on implicit conditions, see Wallace, Grammar, 687-9.+8:12An emphatic form of the first person dative pronoun is used here (see Black, Grammar, 66). Italics have thus been used to give extra emphasis to this element.+8:12Lit follows me. ME(H) (see note at Mt 4:19).+8:13περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ ( peri emautou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give extra focus and emphasis to this element.+8:13Or valid. See translation and notes at Jn 5:31.+8:14ἀληθής ( alēthēs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element.+8:14IT. A “going back” is implied here. Cf ISV, NCV, NLT at Jn 7:33. Cf also Jn 17:5.+8:15τὴν σάρκα ( tēn sarka) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction and a downtoner/adjective (see the following note) has been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+8:15ME(OTB)/IT (see note at Mt 19:26).+8:15Lit according to the flesh. ME. Cf CJB, HCSB, ISV, NCV, NIV, NRSV.+8:15“People” is drawn from the plural “you” here. Cf NET.+8:15Cf Ex 34:6-7; Nu 14:18-19; Rm 2:4.+8:16Lit if I condemn, or if I judge.+8:16ἀληθινή ( alēthinē) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adjective has been used to give extra focus and emphasis to this element.+8:16Cf Is 11:1-5; 42:1-4; Jn 5:19-30; Ac 17:31; Rm 2:1-10; 2 Th 2:5-6.+8:16μόνος ( monos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element. Cf ESV, ISV, NRSV, RSV.+8:16Lit and. ME (see UBSHS [Jn], 261). Cf HCSB, NET, NLT, TEV.+8:16πέμψας με ( pempas me) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+8:16Cf Is 11:1-5; 42:1-4; Jn 5:19-30; Ac 17:31; Rm 2:1-10; 2 Th 2:5-6.+8:17καὶ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ ( kai en tō nomō) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore commas have been used to give extra focus to this element. καὶ has also been rendered adverbially to the same end.+8:17δύο ἀνθρώπων ἡ μαρτυρία ( duo anthrōpōn hē marturia) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), with δύο ἀνθρώπων ( duo anthrōpōn) in an embedded focal position (see BART Display). Italics have been used to give extra focus and emphasis to the embedded element.+8:18ἐγώ ( egō) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this element.+8:18πέμψας με ( pempas me) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+8:18Lit I myself am the one bearing witness on my own behalf, and the Father who sent me bears witness on my behalf. ME. Cf NCV, NIV, NLT, TEV. The meaning here is that Jesus himself and the Father are the two witnesses who testify on his behalf.+8:19Cf ISV.+8:19οὔτε ἐμὲ οὔτε τὸν πατέρα μου ( oute eme oute ton patera mou) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and an emphatic form of the pronoun is used in the preposed element (see Black, Grammar, 66). Therefore, ἀπεκρίθη Ἰησοῦς ( apekrithē Yēsous) has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this element.+8:19ἐμὲ ( eme) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and is an emphatic form of the first-person accusative singular pronoun (see Black, Grammar, 66), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+8:19καὶ τὸν πατέρα μου ( kai ton patera mou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore καὶ has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this element.+8:20Lit These words he spoke in the treasury while teaching in the temple. ME(H)/IT (see translation and notes at Mk 12:41). Cf NCV, NLT, NIV.+8:20Lit hour.+8:21Lit he.+8:21Cf 1 Sm 3:14; Is 22:14; Ezk 3:16-20. ἐν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ὑμῶν ( en tē hamartia humōn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+8:21ἐγὼ ( egō) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this element.+8:22Lit the Jews. ME(H) (see note at Jn 1:19).+8:22ἐγὼ ( egō) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this element.+8:22Following the structuring of the TEV in translation here. Cf also CJB, ISV, NCV, NIV, NLT.+8:23Lit he.+8:23ἐκ τῶν κάτω ( ek tōn katō) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a rhetorical question has been used to give extra focus to this element.+8:23IT. Cf ISV in the next clause; NCV, TEV.+8:23ἐκ τῶν ἄνω ( ek tōn anō) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a rhetorical question has been used to give extra focus to this element.+8:23ἐκ τούτου τοῦ κόσμου ( ek toutou tou kosmou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+8:24ἐὰν μὴ πιστεύσητε ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι ( ean mē pisteusēte hot egō eimi) is in P2 (see BART Display), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for primary focus and stress.+8:24πιστεύω ( pisetuēō) includes both belief/conviction of truth and trust (see L-N, 31.85; translation and notes at Ga 3:6). The point here is that those who trust God to act in a manner consistent with His Name and revealed character (see Ex 3:14, 34:6-7), which never changes (see Ps 102:27; Ml 3:6; Heb 13:8; Jm 1:17), will receive forgiveness for their sins (through atonement; cf v 28) and therefore not die in them.+8:24Cf NLT, TEV. This is a reference to the divine name of Ex 3:14.+8:24Cf Ex 3:14, 23:20-21; Jn 17:6.+8:25Or What I have been telling you from the start.+8:26πολλὰ περὶ ὑμῶν λαλεῖν καὶ κρίνειν ( polla peri humō lalein kai krinein) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT). A dummy subject and adverb have been used to give extra focus to the preposed element.+8:26λαλεῖν καὶ κρίνειν ( lalein kai krineiv) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore the second verb has been placed in clause-final for extra stress.+8:26Or truthful, or reliable. Cf Ex 32:11-14, 34:6-7; Jn 1:14-17; Rm 15:8. ἀληθής ( alēthēs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+8:26ταῦτα ( tauta) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to the referent of this constituent. Cf CJB, TEV.+8:27τὸν πατέρα ( ton patera) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+8:28οὖν ( oun) here is most likely signaling a resumption of the discourse of vv 25-26 after the short pause for the parenthetical comment (cf LEB, NET).+8:28τότε ( tote) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+8:28ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ ( ap’ emautou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give extra focus and emphasis to this element.+8:28ταῦτα ( tauta) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to the referent of this constituent. Cf CJB, NLT, TEV.+8:28Cf Ps 40:6-8, Is 50:4.+8:29μετ’ ἐμοῦ ( met’ emou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give extra focus and emphasis to this element.+8:29τὰ ἀρεστὰ αὐτῷ ποιῶ ( ta aresta autō poiō) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a an emphatic adjective has been used to give extra focus to this element.+8:29Cf Ex 15:26; Dt 6:18, 12:25, 13:18, 21:9; Ps 9:10, 16:10, 37:28, 37:33, 40:7-8, 94:14; Ga 4:4.+8:30Lit These things while he was speaking. λαλοῦντος ( lalountos) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore “these things” has been left implicit in translation, in order to allow “speaking” to land in clause-final. An adverb has also been used to give extra focus to this element. Cf NIV.+8:30πολλοὶ ( polloi) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT; note, though, that the BART Display is marked for focal ambiguity), and therefore repetition has been used to give extra focus to this element.+8:31Or who had believed in him, or who had trusted him.+8:31Or my word, or my message. Cf 2 Ti 3:14; 2 Jn 9.+8:31ἀληθῶς μαθηταί μού ( alēthōs mathētai mou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore commas have been used to give extra focus to ἀληθῶς, which has itself been used as a spacer to give extra focus to μαθηταί μού.+8:33σπέρμα Ἀβραάμ ( sperma Abraam) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an emphatic adverb and intensive pronoun have been used to give extra focus to this element.+8:33Lit How do you say? ME (see BDAG, 901, sv πῶς 1.a.γ). Cf CJB, NLT, TEV. For the rhetorical force of πῶς ( pōs) in this type of context, see BDAG, 901, sv 1.a.α-δ.+8:33ἐλεύθεροι ( eleutheroi) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+8:34IT (see note at Mt 5:18).+8:34Lit Everyone who commits sin. Cf NIV, NLT, TEV.+8:34δοῦλός τῆς ἁμαρτίας ( doulos tēs hamartias) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore inversion has been used to give extra focus to this element.+8:35ὁ υἱὸς ( ho huios) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction and a spacer (drawn from the context; cf CJB, HCSB, ISV, NCV, NET, NIV, NLT, TEV) have been used to give extra focus to this element.+8:35Cf Ga 4:1-9, 21-30.+8:36ἐλευθερώσῃ ( eleutherōsē) is in an embedded DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+8:36ὄντως ( ontōs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis. ὄντως ( ontōs) here has the same meaning as ἀληθῶς ( alēthōs) in v 31 (see UBSHS [Jn], 281).+8:36Cf Rm 8:12-25; 2 Co 3:17-18; Ga 4:1-9, 21-30; Eph 1:5; Heb 2:5-18.+8:37σπέρμα Ἀβραάμ ( sperma Abraam) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an emphatic adverb and intensive pronoun have been used to give extra focus to this element.+8:37Or word, or message. Cf Mk 4:1-20.+8:37Or my teaching has no place. Cf NET.+8:37Lit in you, or within you, or among you. ME. Cf NLT.+8:38ἃ ἐγὼ ἑώρακα παρὰ τῷ πατρὶ ( ha egō heōraka para tō patri) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+8:38IT. The thought here is similar to Jn 1:18, 3:11-13, and 3:32 (see translation and notes there).+8:38Cf Jn 1:18, 3:11-13, and 3:32.+8:38ἃ ἠκούσατε παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς ( ha ēkousate part tou patros) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+8:38Cf vv 31 and 37.+8:38Other manuscripts read: “you do what you have heard from your father” (NRSV). Cf NET, NRSV. For a brief discussion of the manuscript variants here, see NET Bible Notes, Jn 8:38.+8:38Cf Dt 18:15-22; Jn 5:43-47, 8:31, 10:30, 14:6-13, 17; Ac 3:22-23.+8:39Ἀβραάμ ( Abraam) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+8:39τέκνα τοῦ Ἀβραάμ ( tekna tou Abraam) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς ( legei autois ho Yēsous) has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this element.+8:39τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ ( ta erga tou Abraam) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element within the ME (see following note).+8:39Lit you would be doing the deeds/works of Abraham. ME. Cf NLT. The NLT captures the meaning well here in my opinion (cf, eg, Rm 4:12; 1 Co 4:14-17), and has thus been followed in translation.+8:40Drawing from BDAG in translation here (see BDAG, 681, sv νῦν 2.a.). Cf CJB, NASB, NIV.+8:40ἀλήθειαν ἣν ἤκουσα παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ ( alētheian hēn ēkousa para tou theou) is in a split focal position (see BART Display; cf LDGNT). An emphatic adjective has been used to give extra focus to the preposed element.+8:40οὐκ ἐποίησεν ( ouk epoiēsen) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore adverbs have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+8:41IT. Cf NLT. A differentiation (between fathers), and a real versus a perceived situation, are implied here. Note that Jesus’ words are interpreted as an accusation that they were born illegitimately (v 41; lit we are not born of fornication).+8:41ἐκ πορνείας ( ek porneias) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore this element within the ME (see following note) has been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+8:41Lit We have not been born of sexual immorality. ME (see BDAG, 854, sv πορνεία 1; UBSHS [Jn], 284). Cf CJB, ISV, NCV, NIV, NLT, TEV.+8:41ἕνα πατέρα ( hena patera) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element.+8:41Cf Ex 4:22; Dt 32:6; Is 1:2, 63:16, 64:8; Jr 31:9; Hs 11:1; Ml 2:10.+8:42ὁ θεὸς ( ho theos) is in P2 (see BART Display), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+8:42An emphatic form of the accusative first-person pronoun is used here (see Black, Grammar, 66). Italics have thus been used to give extra emphasis to this element.+8:42ἐξῆλθον καὶ ἥκω ( exēthon kai hēkō) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore inversion has been used to give extra focus to this element.+8:42ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ ( ap’ emautou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element. γὰρ ( gar) has also been used to the same end.+8:42Lit that one.+8:42ἀπέστειλεν ( apesteilen) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+8:43Drawing from BDAG in translation here (see BDAG, 583, sv λαλιά 2).+8:43γινώσκετε ( ginōskete) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT; confirmed through personal correspondence with Dr. Stephen Levinsohn), and therefore inversion has been used to give this element extra focus and stress.+8:43Lit cannot hear. ME (see UBSHS [Jn], 286). Cf Mk 4:1-20; Jn 3:11, 6:60.+8:43Or teaching, or word.+8:44ἐκ τοῦ πατρὸς τοῦ διαβόλου ( ek tou patros tou diabolou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb and commas have been used to give extra focus to this element.+8:44Lit You are from/of your father the devil, or You belong to your father the devil. Translating along the lines of “example” as in vv 39-41 above (see translation and notes there). The second genitive is appositional.+8:44τὰς ἐπιθυμίας τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν ( tas epithumias tou patros) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+8:44Lit that one.+8:44Cf Gn 3. ἀνθρωποκτόνος ( anthrōpoktonos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+8:44Or did not uphold. Scholars are divided as to whether the perfect or the imperfect represents the original here (cf, eg, BDAG, 944, sv στήκω; Robertson, Word Pictures, Jn 8:44; UBSHS [Jn], 26). The meaning is essentially the same either way.+8:44Lit does not stand in the truth. ME (see NET Bible Notes, Jn 8:44). Cf NET. ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ ( en tē alētheia) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+8:44Cf 2 Co 11:3.+8:44ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων ( ek tōn idiōn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+8:44Lit out of his own things. ME (see UBSHS [Jn], 287). Cf ESV, HCSB, LEB, NASB, NET, NRSV, RSV.+8:44Cf Gn 3; Ezk 28:15; Mt 7:17-20, 12:34.+8:44ψεύστης καὶ ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ ( peustēs kai ho patēr autou) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore commas, an adverb, and inversion have been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+8:44Or the father of all lies. Cf HCSB, TEV.+8:45τὴν ἀλήθειαν ( tēn alētheian) is an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+8:45Following the structuring of the TEV in translation here.+8:46ἀλήθειαν ( alētheian) is an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+8:47A condition is implied in the participle here. For more on implicit conditions in Greek, see Wallace, Grammar, 687-9.+8:47Lit The one who is of/produced by God. A child produced by God is the meaning here. Cf Jn 1:13, v 39 above.+8:47τὰ ῥήματα τοῦ θεοῦ ( ta rēmata tou theou) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+8:47ME/IT (see translation and note at v 43 above). The meaning is the same here. Cf NET, NLT; L-N, 31.56.+8:47οὐκ ἐστέ ( ouk este) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+8:48In Greek, questions that begin with οὐ ( ou) expect an affirmative answer (Black, Grammar, 170; Mounce, Grammar, 296). Cf ESV, HCSB, NET, NRSV, RSV.+8:48Σαμαρίτης ( Samaritēs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+8:48δαιμόνιον ( daimonion) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+8:49οὐκ ἔχω ( ouk echō) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra this element extra focus and emphasis.+8:50In John’s gospel, “glory” is often used in the sense of “honor” and “praise” (see, eg, Jn 5:41-44, 7:18), with the Son’s exalted resurrected state also in view at times (a visible display of the honor received; see, eg, 17:5).+8:50Cf Jn 7:18.+8:50Lit there is the one. ME (see UBSHS [Jn], 291).+8:50Cf Mt 17:5; Ac 3:22-23.+8:51IT (see note at Mt 5:18).+8:51τὸν ἐμὸν λόγον ( ton emon logon) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), with ἐμὸν ( emon) in an embedded focal position (see BART Display). The embedded element has been italicized for extra focus and emphasis. Cf note at Jn 5:24.+8:51Or my word, or my message.+8:51θάνατον ( thanaton) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give extra focus and emphasis to this element.+8:51Lit he will not see death into the age/for eternity. Jesus is referring ultimately to deliverance from the Second Death, which includes bodily resurrection (see translation and notes at Jn 3:16-18; cf also UBSHS [Jn], 89, 367). Cf Jn 3:16-20, 3:31-36, 5:19-29; Re 2:11, 20:1-14, 21:7-8.+8:52δαιμόνιον ( daimonion) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a reversed wh-cleft has been used to give extra focus to this element.+8:52Ἀβραὰμ καὶ οἱ προφῆται ( Abraam kai hoi prophētai) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element. Cf NCV, NLT.+8:52σὺ ( su) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this element.+8:52τὸν λόγον μου ( ton logon mou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give extra focus and emphasis to the key word in this element (see note at Jn 5:24).+8:53μείζων τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἀβραάμ ( meizōn tou patros hēmōn) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a spacer (drawn from the negative answer implied by the question beginning with μὴ [ mē] here [see Black, Grammar, 170; Mounce, Grammar, 296]) has been used to give extra focus to this element. “He” has also been used with the negative ascensive in the following sentence to give extra focus to the information activated in the split element (lit than our father Abraham, who died).+8:53Cf Jn 4:12.+8:53See note at “are you” earlier in this verse.+8:53Lit who died. Cf NIV, NLT.+8:53καὶ οἱ προφῆται ( kai hoi prophētai) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a negative particle and adverb (applied also to Abraham; see note at “are you” earlier in this verse), and an intensive pronoun, have been used to give extra focus to this element.+8:53τίνα ( tina) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element.+8:53Cf NET.+8:54Lit my glory/honor is nothing. ME (see UBSHS [Jn], 293). Cf CJB, NCV, NET, NLT, TEV.+8:54θεὸς ἡμῶν ( theos hēmōn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+8:55Lit and. Koine Greek often used parataxis to link words or clauses when some sort of hypotactic relationship was implied (see BDAG, 494, sv καί 1.b.β., γ.; BDF, §471; Wallace, Grammar, 19; NET Bible Notes, Mk 10:28). Cf NRSV.+8:55“Still” is drawn from the perfect tense here.+8:55Cf Is 1:3; Jr 2:8, 4:22, 5:4, 8:7, 9:3, 24:7, 30:18-22, 31:1, 31:31-34; Ho 5:4, Ho 2:23, 6:6; Zc 8:8, 13:9; Jn 1:8, 3:13, 5:37-38; Re 21:7.+8:55ἐγὼ ( egō) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis. δὲ ( de) has also been used as a spacer to the same end.+8:55ψεύστης ( peustēs) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and therefore ὅμοιος ὑμῖν ( homoios humin) has been used us a spacer to give this element extra focus and stress. “People” is drawn from the plural “you” here.+8:55τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ ( ton logov autou) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give this element extra focus.+8:56 BDF includes “longing” in the meaning of ἀγαλλιάω ( agalliaō) here (see BDF, §392[1a]). This makes sense in this context. Cf Mt 13:17.+8:56Lit my day. ME (see BDAG, 438, ἡμέρα 4.a.). Cf Mt 13:17; Heb 11:13; 1Pt 1:10-12.+8:56The meaning of εἶδεν ( eiden) in this context is clearly “foresaw” (see UBSHS [Jn], 294). In addition to the knowledge Abraham had received from God concerning the promises, Abraham’s experience of typological events (eg, Gn 22), or prophetic knowledge (in certain contexts, the ὁράω [ horaō] word group refers to prophetic vision [see, eg, Is 6:1 (LXX); Mt 17:9; Ac 9:12, 10:3, 12:9, 16:10]), may also be in view here. Cf Heb 11:13; Gn 20:7.+8:56IT (see UBSHS [Jn], 294).+8:57πεντήκοντα ἔτη ( pentēkonta etē) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore the negative particle and an adverb have been used to give extra focus to this element.+8:57Ἀβραὰμ ( Abraam) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT; confirmed through personal correspondence with Dr. Stephen Levinsohn), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+8:58IT (see note at Mt 5:18).+8:58γενέσθαι ( genesthai) is in an embedded DFE position (see BART Display), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element. Cf NCV, NLT.+9:1Lit he.+9:1Lit a man blind from birth. ME (see UBSHS [Jn], 297).+9:2τυφλὸς ( tuphlos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+9:2Lit Who sinned, this man or his parents, that he was born blind? ME. Cf NCV, NLT, TEV.+9:3IT (see UBSHS [Jn], 298). Cf CJB, HCSB, ISV, NCV, NIV, NLT, TEV.+9:3οὔτε οὗτος οὔτε οἱ γονεῖς αὐτοῦ ( oute houtos oute hoi goneis autou) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and ἵνα φανερωθῇ τὰ ἔργα τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ ( hina phanerōthē ta erga tou theou en autō) in E-O (see LDGNT), as part of a point-counterpoint series (see LDGNT), and therefore the negative particle has been placed directly before the counterpoint to give extra focus to these elements.+9:3Lit neither this man sinned nor his parents. ME (see UBSHS [Jn], 298). Cf CJB, NCV, NLT, Phps, TEV.+9:3Lit so that the deeds of God may be/are displayed in him. ME (see BDAG, sv ἔργον 1.c.α.; UBSHS [Jn], 299; translation and notes at Rm 9:17). The ἵνα ( hina) clause here is most likely purpose/result (for more on purpose/result ἵνα clauses, see BDAG, 477, sv ἵνα 3; Wallace, Grammar, 473-4). This is signaled through “plans” in translation here.+9:4ἡμέρα ( hēmera) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+9:5ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ ( en tō kosmō) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb (cf NLT) and italics have been used to give extra focus and emphasis to this element.+9:5φῶς τοῦ κόσμου ( phōs tou kosmou) is in a split focal position (see BART Display; cf LDGNT). The DFE has been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+9:6Lit he.+9:6Lit his.+9:7IT (see UBSHS [Jn], 301). Cf Mft; TEV.+9:7Lit which is translated “sent”. ME. Cf CJB, HCSB, NCV, NLT, TEV.+9:7Lit he.+9:7IT (see UBSHS [Jn], 301). Cf Mft; TEV.+9:8Lit The neighbors and those seeing him formerly that he was a beggar. ME (see UBSHS [Jn], 302). Customary action is the meaning here. Cf NAB. προσαίτης ( prosaitēs) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore this element within the ME has been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+9:8οὗτός ( houtos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+9:8In Greek, questions that begin with οὐ ( ou) expect an affirmative answer (Black, Grammar, 170; Mounce, Grammar, 296).+9:9Lit This is he. οὗτός ( houtos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore the clause has been structured so as to give extra focus to this element (a more colloquial rendering has been used in translation here).+9:9ὅμοιος αὐτῷ ( homoios autō) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element. Cf NCV, NIV, NLT, TEV.+9:9Lit that one. Cf ISV, NCV, NET, NIV, TEV.+9:9ἐγώ ( egō) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give extra focus and emphasis to this element.+9:9Lit I myself am. ME. Using a more colloquial rendering in translation here.+9:11πηλὸν ( pēlon) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+9:14τὸν πηλὸν ( ton pēlon) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+9:14Lit his.+9:15Lit again. ME (see UBSHS [Jn], 305).+9:15πηλὸν ( pēlon) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+9:16ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων ( ek tōn pharisaiōn) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+9:16τὸ σάββατον ( to sabbaton) is in P2 (see BART Display), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+9:16For the rhetorical force of πῶς ( pōs) in this type of context, see BDAG, 901, sv 1.a.α-δ.+9:16τοιαῦτα σημεῖα ( toiauta sēmeia) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb, adjective, and inversion have been used to give extra focus to this element.+9:16σχίσμα ( schisma) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore the clause has been structured so as to allow this element to land in clause-final (cf NIV, NRSV). An adverb has also been used to give extra focus to this element (cf NET at Jn 10:19).+9:17IT. Cf NIV.+9:17σὺ ( su) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this element.+9:17Lit What do you yourself say about him, since he opened your eyes? Cf NIV, NRSV.+9:17Lit he.+9:17προφήτης ( prophētēs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a demonstrative wh-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element. ὁ εἶπεν ( ho eipen) has also been used as a spacer to the same end.+9:18Lit the Jews. ME(H) (see translation and notes at Jn 1:19).+9:18Lit he.+9:18IT. Cf NET.+9:18Lit the parents of him who had received his sight.+9:19τυφλὸς ( tuphlos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+9:19For the rhetorical force of πῶς ( pōs) in this type of context, see BDAG, 901, sv 1.a.α-δ.+9:20τυφλὸς ( tuphlos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+9:21τίς ἤνοιξεν αὐτοῦ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ( tis ēnoixen autou tous ophthalmous) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft has been used to give extra focus to this element.+9:21αὐτὸν ( auton) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore the clause has been structured to give extra focus to this element.+9:21ἡλικίαν ( hēlikian) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element within the ME (see following note).+9:21Lit He is of mature age/stature. ME (see UBSHS [Jn], 310). Cf CJB, NCV, NLT, TEV.+9:21περὶ ἑαυτοῦ ( peri heautou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+9:22Lit the Jews. ME(H) (see translation and note at Jn 1:19). Cf NCV, NET, NLT, TEV.+9:22 for the Jewish authorities had already agreed. Cf NCV, NLT, TEV.+9:22Lit him.+9:22ἀποσυνάγωγος ( aposunagōgos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore inversion has been used to give extra focus to this element.+9:23ἡλικίαν ( hēlikian) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element.+9:23αὐτὸν ( auton) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore the clause has been structured to give extra focus to this element.+9:24Lit called the man for the second time, who was blind. ME (see UBSHS [Jn], 312). Cf TEV.+9:24Lit Give glory to God. ME(OTB) (see BDAG, 242, sv δίδωμι 3; L-N, 33.468; UBSHS [Jn], 312). Cf CJB, NET, TEV.+9:24ἁμαρτωλός ( hamartōlos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+9:25ἁμαρτωλός ( hamartōlos) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+9:25IT. Cf ISV, NIV.+9:25ἓν ( hen) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a dummy subject and subordination have been used to give extra focus to this element.+9:25The participle has been interpreted as an adverbial participle of concession. This is reflected in the translation. Cf LEB, ESV, NET, NRSV, RSV.+9:25τυφλὸς ( tuphlos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+9:25βλέπω ( blepō) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+9:27Lit he.+9:27Lit Why do you want to hear [it]...? ME/IT (see UBSHS [Jn], 313).+9:27πάλιν ( palin) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element, which has also been placed in clause-final for primary focus and stress.+9:27καὶ ὑμεῖς ( kai humeis) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this element.+9:27Lit his.+9:27αὐτοῦ μαθηταὶ ( autou mathētai) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+9:27In Greek, questions that begin with μὴ ( mē) expect a negative answer (see Black, Grammar, 170; Mounce, Grammar, 296).+9:28μαθητὴς ἐκείνου ( mathētēs ei ekeinou) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore εἶπον ( eipon) has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this element.+9:28τοῦ Μωϋσέως μαθηταί ( tou Mōuseōs mathētai) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore δὲ ( de) has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this element.+9:29Μωϋσεῖ ( Mōusei) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+9:30τὸ θαυμαστόν ( to thaumaston) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element.+9:31Lit does not hear/listen to. ME/IT (see UBSHS [Jn], 315).+9:31ἁμαρτωλῶν ( hamartōlōn) is in P2 (see BART Display), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+9:31Cf Jb 27:9, 35:12; Ps 18:41, 68:18-19; Pr 1:28, 15:29, 28:9; Is 1:15, 59:2; Jr 5:25, 11:11, 14:12; Ezk 8:18; Mic 3:4; Zc 7:13.+9:31τούτου ( toutou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to the referent of this constituent.+9:31θεοσεβὴς ( theosebēs) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore ἀλλ’ ( all’) has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this element.+9:31τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ ( to thelēma autou) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+9:31Cf Pr 15:29; Ps 34:15.+9:32ἐκ τοῦ αἰῶνος ( ek tou aiōnos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore the negative particle has been placed directly before this element to give it extra focus. Cf ESV, ISV, NET, NRSV, RSV.+9:32Lit From the age. ME. Cf NET.+9:32γεγεννημένου ( gegennēmenou) is in an embedded DFE position (see BART Display; note, though, that the BART Display is marked for focal ambiguity), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+9:34ἐν ἁμαρτίαις ( en hamartiais) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give extra focus and emphasis to this element.+9:34Lit You were born wholly in sins. ME (see UBSHS [Jn], 316). Cf NCV.+9:35Lit heard that they threw him out. Cf TEV.+9:35Lit found him.+9:36IT. Cf CJB, NCV, NLT, TEV.+9:37IT. Cf TEV.+9:37ὁ λαλῶν μετὰ σοῦ ( ho lalōn meta sou) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore an emphatic adjective has been used to give extra focus to this element.+9:37IT. Cf CJB, TEV.+9:38Lit he.+9:38Lit him.+9:39εἰς κρίμα ( eis krima) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+9:39βλέπωσιν ( blepōsin) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+9:39IT. A presumed versus an actual situation is implied here (cf v 41). Cf NLT.+9:39τυφλοὶ ( tuphloi) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+9:39Cf Ps 69:22-23; Is 6:10, 29:10; Ro 11:7-10.+9:40μετ’ αὐτοῦ ( met’ autou) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and has therefore has been placed at the end of the appositional phrase for primary focus and stress (with the pronoun left implicit). Cf NCV, NLT.+9:40καὶ ἡμεῖς ( kai hēmeis) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this element.+9:41τυφλοί ( tuphloi) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+9:41Lit would not have sin. ME. In this context, ἁμαρτία ( hamartia) is referring primarily to guilt for sin (see L-N, 88.310; UBSHS [Jn], 319). Cf CJB, ESV, NCV, NET, NIV, NLT, RSV, TEV.+9:41Cf Rm 2:17-24.+10:1IT. See note at Mt 5:18.+10:1A condition is implied in the participle here. For more on implicit conditions in Greek, see Wallace, Grammar, 687-9.+10:1κλέπτης καὶ λῃστής ( kleptēs kai lēstēs) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+10:2ποιμήν τῶν προβάτων ( poimēn tōn probatōn) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT). The DFE has been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+10:3Or his voice. Cf Mk 4:13-20. τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ ( tēs phōnēs autou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+10:3τὰ ἴδια πρόβατα ( ta idia probata) is in P2 (see BART Display; note, though, that the BART Display is marked for focal ambiguity), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+10:3Cf Nu 27:17; Ezk 34:13.+10:4ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν ( emprosthen autōn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give extra focus and emphasis to this element.+10:4Cf Rm 8:12-17; 1 Co 15:20-23; Ga 4:5; Eph 1:5; Heb 2:5-3:6, 4:8, 12:1-2.+10:4ἀκολουθεῖ ( akolouthei) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+10:4Or his voice.+10:5Or voice. τὴν φωνήν ( tēn phōnēn) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+10:6Lit what the things were that he was speaking to them. ME. Cf NCV, NLT, TEV.+10:7IT (see note at Mt 5:18).+10:7Or I myself am.+10:8κλέπτης καὶ λῃστής ( kleptēs kai lēstēs) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a spacer (drawn from the context) has been used to give extra focus to this element.+10:8Or hear, or heed.+10:8Cf Jn 9:13-34.+10:9δι’ ἐμοῦ ( di’ emou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+10:9Or will be saved, or will be delivered, or will be kept from harm.+10:9Cf Ps 23:2, 79:13, 95:7, 100:3. νομὴν ( nomēn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+10:10ζωὴν ( zōēn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+10:10περισσὸν ( perisson) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adjective has been used to give extra focus and emphasis to this element.+10:10Lit so that they may have life, and have it exceedingly/abundantly. Cf NCV, NLT.+10:11Cf Jr 23:1-4; Ezk 34:11-24.+10:11The present indicative is interpreted as functioning voluntatively. This is reflected in the translation. Cf TEV; translation and notes at Mt 16:25.+10:11τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ( tēn psuchēn autou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore ὑπὲρ τῶν προβάτων ( huper tōn probatōn) has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this element. An emphatic adjective has also been used to the same end.+10:11See preceding note.+10:12Lit sees the wolf coming and abandons the sheep and flees. Koine Greek often uses parataxis in places where English may prefer hypotaxis (see BDAG, 494, sv καί 1.b.β.; BDF, §471; Wallace, Grammar, 19; NET Bible Notes, Mk 10:28). Cf HCSB, NLT, NIV, TEV.+10:13The clause in v 13 is dependent on v 12, and therefore some of the information from v 12 has been restated here in translation. Cf CJB, ESV, HCSB, NASB, NCV, NET, NIV, NLT, NRSV, RSV, TEV.+10:13μισθωτός ( misthōtos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb/downtoner has been used to give extra focus to this element. Cf NCV, TEV.+10:13Lit about the sheep.+10:15τὴν ψυχὴν μου ( tēn psuchēn mou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore ὑπὲρ τῶν προβάτων (huper tōn probatōn) has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this element. An emphatic adjective has also been used to the same end.+10:15See preceding note.+10:16ἄλλα πρόβατα ( alla probata) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore καὶ ( kai) has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this element.+10:16Divine necessity is implied by the verb used here (see NET Bible Notes, Jn 4:4; UBSHS [Jn], 109; translation and notes at Mt 16:21).+10:16Cf Gn 12:3, 18:18, 22:18, 26:4, 28:14; Is 42:1-9, 49:1-7; Jr 4:2; Jn 17; Ac 3:25; Ga 3:16; Eph 2; Re 7.+10:16Or voice.+10:16ἀκούσουσιν ( akousousin) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore inversion and an adverb have been used to give extra focus to this element.+10:16Cf Ac 10.+10:16Lit and they. The referent here is to the sheep from the sheepfold discussed in vv 1-14 (ie, Jews) and the sheep not from “this sheepfold” (v 16; ie, Gentiles). Cf UBSHS (Jn), 332.+10:16Cf Jn 17; Eph 2, 4; Re 7.+10:17Or why the Father loves.+10:17πάλιν ( palin) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give extra focus and emphasis to this element.+10:17Cf Mt 16:24-26; Mk 8:34-36; Lk 9:23-24; Jn 12:23-26.+10:18πάλιν ( palin) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+10:19Or the people. Lit the Jews. ME(H) (see translation and notes at Jn 1:19). Cf Jn 7:43, 9:16.+10:19σχίσμα ( schisma) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus and stress to this element within the ME (see following note).+10:19Lit A division again took place among the Jews because of these words. ME. Cf NLT.+10:20δαιμόνιον ( daimonion) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+10:20τί ( ti) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore “in the world” has been used to give extra focus to this element (and to bring out the offense/shock present contextually).+10:21δαιμόνιον ( daimonion) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+10:21τυφλῶν ὀφθαλμοὺς ( tuphlōn ophthalmous) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), with τυφλῶν ( tuphlōn) in an embedded focal position (see BART Display). The embedded element has been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+10:21In Greek, questions that begin with μὴ ( mē) expect a negative answer (see Black, Grammar, 170; Mounce, Grammar, 296).+10:23χειμὼν ( cheimōn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+10:23Lit in the colonnade of Solomon. ME(H)/IT (see translation and notes at Ac 3:11).+10:24Or the people. Lit the Jews. ME(H) (see translation and notes at Jn 1:19). Cf NCV, NET, TEV.+10:24ἕως πότε ( heōs pote) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element.+10:24Lit How long are you going to lift up our soul? ME(I/F) (see L-N, 30.36). Cf most English translations.+10:24σὺ ( su) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this element.+10:25Cf CJB, NCV, NLT, TEV.+10:25The present indicative is interpreted as an extending-from-past present (for more on this function of the present indicative, see Wallace, Grammar, 519-20). This is reflected in the translation.+10:27Or hear, or heed. ἀκούουσιν ( akouousin) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+10:27Or my voice.+10:28This is a more literal rendering of ζωὴν αἰώνιον ( zōēn aiōnion), which most English translations render as “eternal life.” See UBSHS (Jn), 88.+10:28An οὐ μὴ ( ou mē) +aorist subjunctive construction is used here. This is the strongest and most emphatic form of negation in Koine Greek (see Black, Grammar, 180; Mounce, Grammar, 316; NET Bible Notes, Re 3:3). Italics have been used here to give extra emphasis to the negation.+10:28In this context, ἀπόλλυμι ( apollumi) means “to die” (see BSL, Jn 10:28, sv). Cf NCV, TEV.+10:28Cf Rm 8:37-39, 14:4; Php 1:6. Cf also Nu 22-24, 25; Mt 10:33; 1 Co 6:9-11, 10:8; Eph 5:3-5; Re 2:14; 2 Ti 2:12-13.+10:29The meaning here is the same as at Jn 6:12 (see translation and notes there). Cf TEV at v 29. Cf also Jn 10:11-12 above.+10:29πάντων μεῖζόν ( pantōn meizon) is in a split focal position is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), with πάντων in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element. The embedded focal element has also been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+10:29Other early manuscripts read: What my Father has given me is more precious than anything else.+10:29Cf Rm 8:37-39.+10:30ἕν ( hen) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+10:31Or the people. Lit the Jews. ME(H) (see translation and notes at Jn 1:19).+10:32Or by my Father’s power. Lit from the Father. ME (see UBSHS [Jn], 343). Cf GeCL, NEB, NLT.+10:32πολλὰ ἔργα καλὰ ( polla erga kala) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress. An adverb has also been used to give this element extra focus and stress.+10:32διὰ ποῖον αὐτῶν ἔργον ( dia poion autōn ergon) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element.+10:32αὐτῶν ( autōn) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and has therefore been rendered with a demonstrative pronoun for extra focus (cf HCSB, NCV, NIV, TEV).+10:32The present indicative is functioning either tendentially or voluntatively here (see Wallace, Grammar, 534-5). This is reflected in the translation. Cf ISV, NET, TEV.+10:33περὶ καλοῦ ἔργου ἀλλὰ περὶ βλασφημίας ( peri kalou ergou alla peri blasphēmias) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and constitutes a point-counterpoint series (see LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+10:33καλοῦ ( kalou) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+10:33Or the people. Lit the Jews. ME(H) (see translation and notes at Jn 1:19).+10:33The participle is interpreted as an adverbial participle of concession. This is reflected in the translation. Cf LEB, NCV, TEV.+10:33ἄνθρωπος ( anthrōpos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore downtoners have been used to give extra focus to this element.+10:34Lit your Law. Here νόμος ( nomos) is referring to the entire Tanakh (the Torah, the Writings [including the Psalms, from which Jesus quotes here], and the Prophets) (see BSL, Jn 10:34, sv; L-N, 33.56). Cf HCSB, NLT.+10:34θεοί ( theoi) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+10:34Ps 82:6+10:35Lit he. Cf TEV.+10:35ἐκείνους ( ekeinous) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element (the argument here is a from-lesser-to-greater argument; see following note).+10:35Or those ones. ME(OTB)/IT. Contrary to what Rabbinic tradition, and many commentaries, claim (see, eg, Lange, Commentary [Jn], 333; NAC [Jn], 343; NET Bible Notes, Jn 10:34; Robertson, Word Pictures, Jn 10:35; UBSHS [Jn], 344), Ps 82 (the passage from which Jesus is quoting here) is most likely not addressing Israel or human judges who had corrupted justice (cf CJB, NCV, NLT, and TEV), but the members of the divine council (see FSB, Dt 32:8, Ps 82, Jn 10:34; NET Bible Notes, Dt 32:7). Michael Heiser’s work in this area is very insightful (see http://www.thedivinecouncil.com). The argument here is a from-lesser-to-greater argument: If God called even the angelic “sons of God” who made up the divine council “gods,” even though they were only created beings whose immortality was contingent on the decision of the Creator (cf Gn 6:2 [“sons of God” in the MT, “angels” in the LXX]; Jb 1:6, 2:1, 38:7 [“sons of God” in the MT, “angels” in the LXX]; 1 Ki 22:19-23; Ps 89:5-8, 95:3; Dn 10; Rm 8:37-39; 1 Co 2:8, 8:1-6; Ga 4:1-9; Eph 1:21; Col 1:16; 1 Pt 3:22; 2 Pt 2:4; Jd 6), how much more appropriate is it for the unique, uncreated Son, the Word of God himself, to be called “God”—since that is what he actually is!+10:35ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ ( ho logos tou theou) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+10:35Lit loosed. ME (see BDAG, sv λύω 4; Ibid, γραφή 2.b.β.; BSL, Jn 10:35, sv λύω; NET Bible Notes, Jn 10:35; UBSHS [Jn], 345). Cf ISV, NCV, NLT, TEV.+10:36Cf ISV.+10:36ὃν ὁ πατὴρ ἡγίασεν καὶ ἀπέστειλεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον ( hon ho patēr hēgiasen kai apesteilen eis ton kosmon) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore an emphatic adjective has been used to give extra focus to this element.+10:36Lit do you say about him whom the Father sanctified and sent into the world that he blasphemes...?+10:36υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ ( huios tou theou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+10:38ἐμοὶ ( emoi) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and is also an emphatic form of the first person dative personal pronoun (see Black, Grammar, 66). It has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+10:38IT (see UBSHS [Jn], 347). Cf TEV.+10:38τοῖς ἔργοις ( tois ergois) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this element within the ME (see following note).+10:38Lit believe the works. ME (see BDAG, 816, sv πιστεύω 1.a.δ.).+10:38Lit know and be knowing. ME (see NAC [Jn], 344).+10:38Lit is in me. ME (see BDAG, 327, sv ἐν 4.c.; UBSHS [Jn], 347, 467). Cf CJB. ἐν ἐμοὶ ( en emoi) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+10:39Lit went out of their hand. ME (see L-N, 37.110). Cf NCV.+10:40Lit he.+10:40τὸ πρῶτον ( to prōton) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+10:40Cf Jn 1:28.+10:41πολλοὶ ( polloi) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore repetition has been used to give extra focus to this element.+10:41σημεῖον οὐδέν ( sēmeion ouden) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT). The negative marker has been rendered such as to give extra focus to the split element.+10:41The context indicates that εἰμί ( eimi) here is most likely functioning in a manner similar to γίνομαι ( ginomai) (cf BDAG, 285, sv εἰμί 6; Ibid, 196, sv γίνομαι 3, 4, 7). Ie, John spoke certain words about Jesus in the past, and the things they are presently observing lead them to the conclusion that those statements were accurate. This is reflected in the translation. Cf NLT.+10:41ἀληθῆ ( alēthē) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element.+10:42πολλοὶ ( polloi) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore repetition has been used to give extra focus to this element.+11:1Lit Now a certain man was sick, Lazarus from Bethany, from the village of Mary and Martha her sister. Cf CJB, NEB, NET, TEV.+11:2IT. Cf NCV, NLT.+11:2Cf Mt 26:6-13; Mk 14:3-8; Lk10:38-41; Jn 12:1-8.+11:2ὁ ἀδελφὸς Λάζαρος ( ho adelphos Lazaros) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element. Cf HCSB, TEV.+11:3Lit sent to him, saying. ME/IT. Cf NCV, TEV.+11:4The direct object is implied from the context. Cf most English translations.+11:4πρὸς θάνατον ( pros thanaton) and ὑπὲρ τῆς δόξης τοῦ θεοῦ ( huper tēs doxēs tou theou) are in E-O, as part of a point-counterpoint series (see LDGNT), and therefore the negative particle has been placed directly before the counterpoint to give extra focus to these elements.+11:4Lit This sickness is not to death. ME (see UBSHS [Jn], 355).+11:4Lit for the sake of/because of/in view of the glory of God. ME (see BDAG, 1030, sv ὑπέρ 1.b.; UBSHS [Jn], 356). The revealing/display of God’s power is meant here (see v 40). Cf Jn 9:3.+11:4ἵνα ( hina) here is interpreted as signaling both purpose and result (see translation and notes at Mt 1:22). This is reflected in the translation. Cf NET Bible Notes, Jn 11:4.+11:4See notes at Jn 7:39, 8:50.+11:5Cf NLT. Although in the Greek text this is a parenthetical statement, the purpose of its inclusion (to brace the reader for a seemingly uncaring response; see NET Bible Notes, Jn 11:5; UBSHS [Jn], 356) is conveyed, in my opinion, more effectively in translation through a concessive clause. Hence, the NLT has been followed in translation here.+11:6Lit he.+11:7πάλιν ( palin) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus.+11:8Or the people. Lit the Jews. ME(H) (see note at Jn 1:19).+11:8λιθάσαι ( lithasai) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+11:8πάλιν ( palin) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis. ἐκεῖ ( ekei) has also been moved to the preceding clause, in order to allow πάλιν to land in clause-final (cf TEV).+11:9δώδεκα ὧραί τῆς ἡμέρας ( dōdeka hōrai tēs hēmeras) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT). Italics have been used to give extra focus and emphasis to the preposed element.+11:9IT (see BSL, Jn 11:9, sv ἡμέρα; UBSHS [Jn], 358). Cf NLT.+11:9Lit walking about in the day. ME (see UBSHS [Jn], 358).+11:9Cf Ps 118:22; Is 8:14; 28:16; Mt 11:6; Lk 2:34; Rm 9:33; 1 Pe 2:6-8.+11:9τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου τούτου ( to phōs tou kosmou toutou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a demonstrative pronoun and colon have been used to give extra focus to this element.+11:9Lit he sees. ME. Cf NCV at v 10.+11:10Lit because the light is not in him. ME (see UBSHS [Jn], 359). Cf Jn 14:15-20; Eph 5:8; 1 Th 5:5.+11:11Lit These things he said, and after this he said. Cf TEV.+11:11Lit I am going so that I may.... Cf NLT, TEV.+11:12IT. Cf NCV.+11:13Lit Jesus had spoken about his death. ME (see L-N, 23.104; UBSHS [Jn], 360).+11:13περὶ τῆς κοιμήσεως τοῦ ὕπνου ( peri tēs koimēseōs tou hupnou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+11:13Lit the sleep of slumber. ME (see L-N, 23.66). Cf NIV, TEV.+11:13Lit was speaking about. ME. Cf NCV, NIV, TEV.+11:15Cf Gdspd, GeCL, Phps; UBSHS (Jn), 360.+11:16Lit the one called Didymus. ME(H)/IT (see BDAG, 242, sv Δίδυμος; UBSHS [Jn], 361).+11:16Lit too. Following the lead of the UBSHS in translation here (see UBSHS [Jn], 361). Cf TEV.+11:17τέσσαρας ἡμέρας ( tessaras hēmeras) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element.+11:17Many translations leave the impression that at this point Jesus is making a discovery about how long Lazarus has been dead. εὑρίσκω ( heuriskō), however, can also simply mean to “come upon” or “find” at the end of a search (cf v 16—“let us go to him”) (see ANLEX, 180, sv 1, 2; BDAG, 411, sv 1; BSL, Jn 11:17, sv). The text literally reads: “When Jesus came, he found/came upon him [Lazarus] having already been in the tomb four days.” Vv 3-4 and 11 would seem to favor this meaning rather than “discovery.” This is reflected in the translation.+11:18Lit about fifteen stadia. ME(H). Cf ESV, HCSB, ISV, NASB, NKJV, NRSV, RSV.+11:19Lit the Jews. ME(H) (see NET Bible Notes, Jn 11:15). Cf CJB, TEV.+11:20Ἰησοῦς ( Yēsous) is in P2 (see BART Display), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+11:20ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ ( en tō oikō) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element.+11:22ὅσα ἂν αἰτήσῃ τὸν θεὸν ( hosa an aitēsē ton theon) is in P2 (see BART Display) and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element.+11:25Or I myself am.+11:25A condition is implied in the participle here. For more on implicit conditions in Greek, see Wallace, Grammar, 687-9.+11:26In this context, ζάω ( zaō) means to “experience/share in life” (see notes at John 3:15).+11:26Lit will not die into the age/for eternity. Jesus is referring to deliverance from the Second Death, which includes bodily resurrection (see translation and notes at Jn 3:16-18; UBSHS [Jn], 89, 367). Cf Jn 3:16-20, 3:31-36, 5:19-29, 8:51-52; Rm 8:9-11, 18-25; Re 2:11, 20:1-14, 21:7-8.+11:27Lit she.+11:27εἰς τὸν κόσμον ( eis ton kosmon) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+11:28Lit she.+11:28Cf NLT.+11:28λάθρᾳ ( lathra) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed at the end of the clause for primary focus and stress.+11:28ὁ διδάσκαλος ( ho didaskalos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been segmented into its own clause for extra focus and stress.+11:29Lit that woman.+11:29Lit and was coming/going to him, or and began going to him. Cf TEV.+11:31Lit the Jews. ME(H) (see note at Jn 1:19).+11:31Lit The Jews who were with her in the house and comforting her. Cf NLT.+11:31Lit Mary.+11:31ταχέως ( tacheōs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element, which has also been placed in clause-final for primary focus and stress.+11:33Lit the Jews. ME(H) (see note at Jn 1:19).+11:33Lit he snorted angrily in his spirit and shook/stirred himself. ME (see ANLEX, 146, sv ἐμβριμάομαι 2; L-N, 25.56; NAC [Jn], 371; NET Bible Notes, Jn 11:33; UBSHS [Jn], 371). ἐμβριμάομαι ( embrimaomai) here refers to a strong display of angry emotion.+11:35The verb is interpreted as functioning inceptively here. This is reflected in the translation. Cf ISV, NRSV.+11:36Lit the Jews. ME(H) (see note at Jn 1:19).+11:37In Greek, questions that begin with οὐ ( ou) expect an affirmative answer (Black, Grammar, 170; Mounce, Grammar, 296).+11:37Lit Surely this man, who opened the eyes of the blind, was able to make it that also this man should not die, couldn’t he? The mismatch in languages here is obvious. Cf ISV, NET, NLT, TEV.+11:38πάλιν ( palin) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+11:38λίθος ( lithos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+11:39Lit Jesus.+11:39Lit he is already giving off a stench. ME. Cf CJB, NCV, NET, NIV, NLT, TEV.+11:39τεταρταῖος ( tetartaios) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+11:39Lit because it is the fourth day. ME. Cf CJB, ISV, NCV, NET, NLT, TEV.+11:41Or into heaven.+11:41In this context, ἀκούω ( akouō) has the same meaning as it has at Jn 9:31 (see translation and notes there; BDAG, 38, sv 5). Cf JB.+11:42πάντοτέ ( pantote) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+11:42διὰ τὸν ὄχλον τὸν περιεστῶτα ( dia ton ochlon ton periestōta) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+11:42ἀπέστειλας ( apesteilas) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+11:43φωνῇ μεγάλῃ ( phōnē megalē) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore an adverb has been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+11:44σουδαρίῳ ( soudariō) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+11:45Lit Jews. ME(H) (see note at Jn 1:19).+11:45Lit and. Koine Greek often uses parataxis in places where English may prefer hypotaxis (see BDAG, 494, sv καί 1.b.β.; BDF, §471; Wallace, Grammar, 19; NET Bible Notes, Mk 10:28). Cf NLT.+11:45Lit he.+11:47πολλὰ σημεῖα ( polla sēmeia) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element.+11:48πάντες ( pantes) is in P2 (see BART Display), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+11:48Or city. Lit place.+11:48Or nation.+11:49ἀρχιερεὺς ( archiereus) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+11:50εἷς ἄνθρωπος ( heis anthrōpos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT; note, though, that the BART Display is marked for focal ambiguity), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+11:50ὅλον τὸ ἔθνος ( holon to ethnos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+11:51ἀφ’ ἑαυτοῦ ( aph’ hautou) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore a cleft-construction and adverb (cf UBSHS [Jn], 382) have been used to give extra focus to this element.+11:51Lit he.+11:51The participle is interpreted as an adverbial participle of cause. This is reflected in the translation. Cf CJB; UBSHS (Jn), 382.+11:51ἀρχιερεὺς ( archiereus) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+11:52IT (see note at the end of this verse). Cf NET.+11:52Lit gather together into one. ME. Cf HCSB, NLT, TEV.+11:52καὶ τὰ τέκνα τοῦ θεοῦ τὰ διεσκορπισμένα ( kai ta tekna tou theou ta dieskorpismena) is in P2 (see BART Display; note, though, that the BART Display is marked for focal ambiguity), and therefore καὶ has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this element.+11:52IT. In this context, “the nation” is obviously the Jewish nation, which means that the reference here is to Gentiles (see UBSHS [Jn], 383). The point here is similar to Jn 10:16. This is not a redefinition of Israel (see notes at Ga 6:16), but simply a statement that Gentiles who believe in the Messiah will, like believing Jews, also be included in Jesus’ flock.+11:52Cf Jn 10:16; Eph 2:11-3:13.+11:53The verb here is functioning causatively/ergatively. For more on causative/ergative actives (in which the subject is the ultimate source behind the action), see Wallace, Grammar, 411.+11:53Lit him.+11:54παρρησίᾳ ( parrēsia) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+11:55τὸ πάσχα τῶν Ἰουδαίων ( to pascha tōn Youdaiōn) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+11:55Lit prior to the Passover. Cf TEV.+11:55Lit to purify themselves. ME(OTB)/IT (see BDAG, 12, sv ἁγνίζω a; NET Bible Notes, Jn 11:55; UBSHS [Jn], 384). Cf Nu 9:4-11.+11:56ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ ( en tō yerō) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element.+11:57Lit he.+12:3Or half a liter, or three fourths of a pound. Lit a pound (a Roman pound). Following the lead of the UBSHS in translation here (see UBSHS [Jn], 388). Cf CJB.+12:4παραδιδόναι ( paradidonai) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+12:5Lit three hundred denarii. ME(H) (see NET Bible Notes, Jn 12:5). Cf CJB, NCV, NIV, NLT, TEV.+12:5IT. Cf CJB, ISV, NCV, NET, NIV, NLT, TEV.+12:5Lit Why was this ointment not sold for three hundred denarii and given to the poor? ME. Cf CJB, NCV, NIV, NLT.+12:6κλέπτης ( kleptēs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+12:6τὸ γλωσσόκομον ( to glōssokomon) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore a demonstrative pronoun and dashes has been used to give extra focus to this element.+12:6γλωσσόκομον ( glōssokomon) in this context refers to a common purse (see BDAG, 202, sv; UBSHS [Jn], 391).+12:6τὰ βαλλόμενα ( ta ballomena) is in P2 (see BART Display), therefore this element within the ME (see following note) has been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+12:6Lit he was carrying away the things being put into [it]. ME (see BDAG, 171, sv βαστάζω; UBSHS [Jn], 391). Cf NIV, TEV.+12:7The imperative is inflected in the second person singular (ie, Jesus is portrayed as specifically addressing Judas here), and therefore a third person pronoun has been included here in translation to signal this for English readers.+12:7εἰς τὴν ἡμέραν τοῦ ἐνταφιασμοῦ μου ( eis tēn hēmeran tou entaphiasmou mou) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+12:7Lit saved/kept it.+12:8πάντοτε ( pantote) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore γὰρ ( gar) has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this constituent, which has also been placed in clause-final for primary focus and stress.+12:8IT (see BDAG, 420, sv ἔχω 1.e.; UBSHS [Mt], 795; UBSHS [Mk], 430).+12:8πάντοτε ( pantote) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element, which has also been placed in clause-final for primary focus and stress.+12:8Lit Me you do not have always.+12:9Koine Greek often uses parataxis in places where English may prefer hypotaxis (see BDAG, 494, sv καί 1.b.β.-ζ.; BDF, §471; Wallace, Grammar, 19; NET Bible Notes, Mk 10:28). Cf ESV, ISV, NLT, NRSV, RSV.+12:9Or a large crowd of Judeans, or a large number of people. ME(H) (see translation and notes at Jn 1:19; NET Bible Notes, Jn 12:9). “Jews” here may not be referring only to the people of Judea (see vv 55-57 above).+12:9Lit he.+12:9Lit there. ἐκεῖ ( ekei) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give extra focus and emphasis to “in Bethany” (the referent implied contextually; cf NCV, TEV).+12:9καὶ τὸν Λάζαρον ( kai ton Lazaron) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore καὶ has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this element.+12:10τὸν Λάζαρον ( ton Lazaron) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this element.+12:11Lit for because of him. Cf HCSB, ISV.+12:11πολλοὶ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ( polloi tōn Youdaiōn) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT). An adverb has been used to give extra focus to the preposed element.+12:11Lit the Jews. ME(H) (see translation and notes at Jn 1:19).+12:13Lit Hosanna. ME(H)/IT (see translation and notes at Mt 21:9).+12:13Following the MT in translation here. Cf NLT.+12:13Ps 118:25-26+12:15Lit daughter. ME(I/F) (see L-N, 11.66; NET Bible Notes, Mt 21:5). Cf NCV, NET, NLT, TEV.+12:15ὁ βασιλεύς σου ( ho basileus sou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT) and has thus been segmented into its own clause for extra focus.+12:15Zc 9:9+12:16Lit at the first. ME (see UBSHS [Jn], 399). The meaning here is when the events first happened. Cf NEB, NET, NLT, TEV.+12:16τότε ( tote) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to the temporal idea here. Cf NIV.+12:16See note at Jn 7:39. The meaning is the same here.+12:16Lit that these things they did to him. “They” is interpreted as an indefinite plural (for a discussion of indefinite plurals, see Wallace, Grammar, 402-3). This is reflected in the translation. Cf ESV, NET, NLT, NRSV, RSV.+12:16The corrective contrast with “did not understand” in the first part of v 16 indicates that with μιμνῄσκομαι ( mimnēskomai) here we most likely have an example of zeugma (where a single verb governs two different ideas with two different senses, depending on the nature of the word or ideas being governed). With respect to “these things were written about him,” it means realization or understanding upon remembrance (cf NLT, NIV), while with respect to “these things they did to him,” it most likely simply means remembrance. Hence the translation here.+12:16ἐπ’ αὐτῷ ( ep’ autō) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore the clause has been structured to give extra focus to this element.+12:17Lit him.+12:17Lit were bearing witness. ME (see UBSHS [Jn], 400). Cf NEB.+12:18τοῦτο τὸ σημεῖον ( touto to sēmeion) is in a split focal position (see BART Display; cf LDGNT), and therefore subordination (lit they heard that he had done this sign; cf NCV) has been used to give extra focus to this element.+12:19Lit You see that you are benefitting nothing. ME (see L-N, 68.33; UBSHS [Jn], 401). Cf CJB, NIV.+12:19ὁ κόσμος ( ho kosmos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adjective has been used to give extra focus to this element. Cf CJB, NCV, NIV, TEV.+12:19Lit has gone after. ME (see BDAG, 102, sv ἀπέρχομαι 6). Cf NCV, TEV.+12:20Or Gentile proselytes. Lit Greeks. ME(H) (see NAC [Jn], 47; UBSHS [Jn], 403). Cf Ac 10.+12:20IT. Cf NCV, NLT, TEV.+12:21IT (see L-N, 93.432).+12:21Cf Is 9:1; Mt 4:15-16.+12:21τὸν Ἰησοῦν ( ton Yēsoun) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+12:22Lit Andrew and Philip.+12:23EFE. This is a redundant quotative frame. In Greek, redundant quotative frames “draw attention to a surprising or important speech that follows” ( LDGNTG, sv redundant quotative frame; cf Runge, Disc Grammar, 145-62).+12:23Lit hour.+12:23Cf Heb 12:2.+12:23See note at Jn 7:39. Cf Is 49:5-6, 55:5, 61:6; Mt 28:18-20; Eph 1:20-23; Re 21:26.+12:24IT (see note at Mt 5:18).+12:24Following the lead of the UBSHS in translation here (see UBSHS [Jn], 405).+12:24IT (see BDAG, 111, sv ἀποθνῄσκω 1.a.β.; UBSHS [Jn], 405).+12:24μόνος ( monos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb and italics have been used to give extra focus and emphasis to this element.+12:24Lit remains alone. ME. Cf NCV, NIV.+12:24πολὺν καρπὸν ( polun karpon) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a rhetorical question has been used to give extra focus to this element.+12:25A condition is implied in the participle here. For more on implicit conditions in Greek, see Wallace, Grammar, 687-9.+12:25Lit The one who loves. ME (see notes at Mt 10:37; Lk 14:26; 1 Co 16:22; UBSHS [Jn], 406).+12:25A condition is implied in the participle here. For more on implicit conditions in Greek, see Wallace, Grammar, 687-9.+12:25Lit The one who hates. ME (see notes at Mt 10:37; Lk 14:26; 1 Co 16:22; UBSHS [Jn], 406).+12:25εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον ( eis zōē aiōnion) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+12:25This is a more literal rendering of ζωὴν αἰώνιον ( zōēn aiōnion), which most English translations render as “eternal life.” See UBSHS (Jn), 88.+12:25Cf Mt 10:34-39, 16:24-27; Mk 8:34-38; Lk 9:23-26, 14:25-32; Jn 10:17.+12:26ἐμοί ( emoi) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and is an emphatic form of the first person dative pronoun (see Black, Grammar, 66), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+12:26Lit keep following me. ME(H) (see translation and notes at Mt 4:19 and 10:38). Cf Jn 6:66. ἀκολουθείτω ( akoloutheitō) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore inversion has been used to give extra focus to this element.+12:26Lit and. Koine Greek often uses parataxis in places where English may prefer hypotaxis, and/or to link words or clauses when some sort of hypotactic relationship is implied (see BDAG, 494, sv καί 1.b.β.-ζ.; BDF, §471; Wallace, Grammar, 19; NET Bible Notes, Mk 10:28). Here a result is implied. Cf NCV, TEV.+12:26εἰμὶ ( eimi) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+12:26καὶ ὁ διάκονος ὁ ἐμὸς ( kai ho diakonos ho emos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this element. καὶ has also been used as a spacer to the same end.+12:26διακονῇ ( diakonē) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+12:26Cf 1 Co 4:5; 2 Co 11:23-33.+12:27Ps 6:3 (6:4 in the LXX)+12:27Lit and [so] what.+12:27Lit say. Prayer is obviously the meaning here. Cf NLT.+12:27IT. Cf TEV.+12:27Ps 6:4 (6:5 in the LXX)+12:27Lit save me from his hour ME/IT (see UBSHS [Jn], 408). Cf NCV, TEV. ὥρα ( hōra) here means a time appointed according to God’s plan (see ANLEX, 415, sv 2; translation and notes at Jn 3:15, 7:6).+12:27Lit But for this reason I came to this hour. ME/IT (see UBSHS [Jn], 408). Cf NCV, TEV.+12:28Cf Is 42:8-9.+12:28IT. Cf CJB.+12:28Cf Ex 9:16, 14:4-18, 23:20, 33:2; Ps 29:2; Ps 115:1; Eph 1:5.+12:28πάλιν ( palin) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+12:28Cf Ex 9:16, 14:4-18, 23:20, 33:2; Is 42:8-9, 48:11; Jn 12:30-31 below; Rm 8:15, 8:24, 9:4; Ga 4:5.+12:29βροντὴν ( brontēn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a reversed wh-cleft has been used to give extra focus to this element.+12:29ἄγγελος ( angelos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give this element extra focus.+12:29Cf Re 10:1-7.+12:30δι’ ἐμὲ ( di’ eme) and δι’ ὑμᾶς ( di’ humas) are in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), as part of a point-counterpoint series (see LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element. Cf TEV.+12:30Lit this voice has happened. ME (see UBSHS [Jn], 411).+12:31κρίσις τοῦ κόσμου τούτου ( krisis tou kosmou toutou) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT). Italics have been used to give extra focus and emphasis to the preposed element within the ME (see note at “world” at the end of this clause).+12:31IT (see BDAG, 562, sv κόσμος 7.b.).+12:31Lit Now is judgment of this world. ME (see UBSHS [Jn], 411). Cf CJB, ISV, NIV, NLT, TEV.+12:31Cf Jn 3:18-20. Cf also Rm 3:21-26.+12:31Lit Now the ruler of this world will be driven out. The statement here is proleptic in nature (ie, a future act is depicted as if presently accomplished) to communicate the certainty of a future action or event (see NET Bible Notes, Jn 12:31; cf, eg, the proleptic aorist at Jn 13:31). Here Jesus may be comparing Satan and the kingdom of darkness with the wicked nations expelled from the land under Joshua (cf Jos 24:12, 18; Jg 6:9; Ps 44:2, 78:55, 79:9). Because of what Jesus, the greater Moses/greater Joshua, did at the first coming, the deliverance of human beings from the grip of the powers of the air (cf, eg, Mt 28:18; Eph 1:19-23), and his ultimate demise at the Second Coming, is as good as done, even though it technically awaits the future from the time of the speaker (cf Is 24:21;1 Jn 5:19; Re 20).+12:32Cf Jn 3:14, 8:28.+12:32πάντας ( pantas) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+12:32Cf Mt 28:18-20; Jn 3:35, 13:3, 17:2, 17:15; Ac 2:36; Rm 14:9, 16:19; 1 Co 8:4-7; Eph 1:9-10; Php 2:9-10; Col 2:9-15; Heb 1:2, 2:8; 1 Pt 3:22; 1 Jn 5:19; Re 20.+12:33 BDAG includes “intimate” among the proposed glosses for σημαίνω ( sēmainō) in this context (see BDAG, 920, sv 2).+12:33Lit the kind of death he was destined to die. ME. Cf TEV.+12:34Lit from the Law. ME. Cf HCSB, NLT, TEV. In certain contexts, νόμος ( nomos) doesn’t just refer to the Torah, but to the Hebrew Scriptures as a whole (see L-N, 33.56). This is the case at Jn 10:34 (see translation and notes there), and is most likely the case here as well (see UBSHS [Jn], 413). Cf Ps 2, 9, 16, 89, Ps 110; Is 9:7, Eze 37:25, Da 7:18-27; Re 1:5.+12:34Or that the Messiah will live forever. Cf GeCL; BDAG, 631, sv μένω 2.a.+12:34Cf Ps 2, 9, 16, 89, Ps 110; Is 9:7, Eze 37:25, Dn 7:18-27; Re 1:5.+12:34Divine necessity is implied here (see NET Bible Notes, Jn 4:4; UBSHS [Jn], 109; translation and notes at Mt 16:21).+12:35ἔτι μικρὸν χρόνον ( eti mikron chronon) is in P2 (see BART Display; note, though, that the BART Display is marked for focal ambiguity), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element, which has also been placed in clause-final for primary focus and stress.+12:35ἔχετε ( echete) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore the clause has been structured so as to allow this element to land in clause-final. Cf NLT.+12:35σκοτία ( skotia) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+12:35Cf Ps 69:22-23; Is 6:10, 29:10; Ro 11:7-10.+12:35A condition is implied in the participle here. For more on implicit conditions in Greek, see Wallace, Grammar, 687-9.+12:36ἔχετε ( echete) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+12:36Lit may become sons of light. ME(I/F) (see translation and notes at 1 Th 5:5; UBSHS [Jn], 415).+12:36Cf Rm 13:8-14; Eph 5:7-14; 1 Th 5:4-11; 1 Jn 1:5-10, 2:7-11.+12:36Lit These things spoke Jesus. Cf ESV, ISV, NET, NRSV.+12:37The participle is interpreted as an adverbial participle of concession. This is reflected in the translation. Cf most English translations.+12:37Lit he.+12:37Lit in their presence, or before them. ME (see UBSHS [Jn], 417).+12:37Τοσαῦτα σημεῖα ( tosauta sēmeia) is in P2 (with “signs” split from “so many”; see BART Display), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+12:37Cf Ex 7:3-4; Rm 11:25.+12:38This is a purpose-result ἵνα ( hina) clause (see note at Mt 1:22). BDAG cites Jn 12:38 as a specific example (see BDAG, 477, sv ἵνα 3).+12:38Is 53:2 identifies the “arm of the Lord” with the Messiah himself: “For he grew up before him like a young plant...” (Is 53:2 [ESV], italics mine).+12:38Following the MT in translation. Cf NLT.+12:38Is 53:1+12:39πάλιν ( palin) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore this element within the ME (see following note) has been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+12:39Lit This is the reason why they were unable to believe, namely, that Isaiah said again. ME (see UBSHS [Jn], 417). Cf CJB, NAB.+12:40See notes at Mt 13:12-15; Mk 3:5). Cf Rm 9:18.+12:40Lit with the heart. ME(OTB/H) (see note at Mk 3:5). Cf TEV.+12:40Lit and. A conditional idea is implied here. καί ( kai) is sometimes used to introduce an apodosis (see BDAG, 494, sv καί 1.b.δ.). In this case, the condition is implied in the preceding line (ie, “if they would see, understand, and return, I would heal them”).+12:40Is 6:10. Cf Mt 13:13-17; Mk 4:10-12.+12:41Cf NET, NLT. I agree with the NET Bible Notes here, namely, that this is most likely referring to Isaiah’s vision in Is 6:1-7 (see NET Bible Notes, Jn 12:41). If so, then John’s point here is that Isaiah had already seen the pre-incarnate Word, the Lord’s powerful arm (cf Is 40:5-11, 53:1-2), in glory at the Father’s right hand (cf Jn 17:5), as part of his earlier vision (about whom he “spoke” in Is 6), and therefore was shocked when he later saw, in a subsequent vision, the same person in a state of lowliness and humiliation, being rejected by most of the nation (Is 53 above).+12:41“Glory” here is referring to a state or condition of glory (see BDAG, sv δόξα 1).+12:41Cf Is 6:1-7. Cf also Is 40:5-11 (note especially the use of the “arm of the Lord” in v 10), 52:13-53:12; Lk 24:26; 1 Pt 1:11.+12:41Lit These things Isaiah said because he saw the glory of him and spoke about him. Cf Is 6:1-7. “These things” refers to the contents of vv 38-40, with v 38 (most likely) primarily in view (though some sense of surprise and shock is probably implied by the statements of v 40 as well [see Is 6:11]). “He saw” means prior to the vision of Is 53 referenced in v 38 (though the message “heard” by Isaiah in Is 6:8-13 comes after the description of the vision in 6:1-7, it is part of the same prophetic experience). “Of him” refers to the pre-incarnate Word (see note at “Messiah” above). Though coordination is used here in the text, a subordinate idea of temporal nature seems to be implied (cf BDAG, 494, sv καί 1.b.γ.), since the glory of the previous vision is the primary grounds for the shock expressed in the Is 53 vision. This interpretation is reflected in the translation above.+12:42καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἀρχόντων πολλοὶ ( kai ek tōn archontōn polloi) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore commas and subordination (with the help of a dummy subject) have been used to give extra focus to this element. Also, καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἀρχόντων is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore καὶ has been rendered ascensively in order to give extra focus to this element.+12:42ἀποσυνάγωγοι ( aposunagōgoi) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore inversion has been used to give extra focus to this element.+12:43ME(OTB)/IT (see note at Mt 19:26).+12:44A condition is implied in the participle here. For more on implicit conditions in Greek, see Wallace, Grammar, 687-9.+12:44IT. Cf NCV; Anchor.+12:44εἰς ἐμὲ ( eis eme) and εἰς τὸν πέμψαντά με ( eis ton pempsanta me) are in E-O, as part of a point-counterpoint series (see LDGNT), and therefore the negative particle has been placed directly before the counterpoint to give extra focus to these elements.+12:44Cf Mt 10:40.+12:45An emphatic form of the accusative first person pronoun is used here (see Black, Grammar, 66). Italics have thus been used to emphasize this element.+12:46φῶς ( phōs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give extra focus and emphasis to this element, which has also been placed in clause-final for primary focus and stress.+12:46ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ ( en tē skotia) is in P2 (see BART Display; note, though, that the BART Display is marked for focal ambiguity), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+12:47μου τῶν ῥημάτων ( mou tōn rēmatōn) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore καὶ μὴ φυλάξῃ ( kai mē phulaxē) has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this element.+12:47Cf Dt 18:15-22; Ac 3:22-23.+12:47ἐγὼ ( egō) here is providing a foil for ἐκεῖνος ( ekeinos) in v 48 (this is Dr. Stephen Levinsohn’s view, which he conveyed to me through personal correspondence). I have used a cleft in translation here to set up the contrast more explicitly.+12:47κρίνω τὸν κόσμον ( krinō ton kosmon) and ἵνα σώσω τὸν κόσμον ( hina sōsō ton kosmon) are in E-O, as part of a point-counterpoint series (see LDGNT), and therefore the negative particle has been placed directly before the counterpoint to give extra focus to these elements.+12:48A condition is implied in the participle here. For more on implicit conditions in Greek, see Wallace, Grammar, 687-9.+12:48An emphatic form of the first person accusative pronoun is used here (see Black, Grammar, 66). Italics have thus been used to emphasize this element.+12:48Lit he has the one who judges him. ME/IT (see UBSHS [Jn], 423). “Another” is implied here (cf translation and note at Jn 8:50; UBSHS [Jn], 291).+12:48ἐκεῖνος ( ekeinos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an emphatic adjective and intensive pronoun have been used to give extra focus to the left-dislocated referent of this constituent.+12:48Cf Jr 1:9-10.+12:49ἐξ ἐμαυτοῦ ( ex emautou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+12:49ἐντολὴν ( entolēn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+12:50Lit his command. ME (see UBSHS [Jn], 424).+12:50See note at Jn 6:63. The same applies here. Cf NIV, NLT, NCV, TEV.+12:50ζωὴ αἰώνιός ( zōē aiōnios) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an demonstrative pronoun and colon have been used to give extra focus to this element.+12:50This is a more literal rendering of ζωὴ αἰώνιός ( zōē aiōnios), which most English translations render as “eternal life.” See UBSHS (Jn), 88.+12:50οὕτως ( houtō) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to its left-dislocated referent.+13:1Lit Before the festival of the Passover. Cf NCV, NIV, NLT, TEV.+13:1Lit hour.+13:1See note at Jn 3:16. The same applies here. Cf NIV; BDAG, 6, sv ἀγαπάω 3.+13:1εἰς τέλος ( eis telos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb and an emphatic adjective have been used to give extra focus to this element.+13:2δείπνου ( deipnou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore inversion has been used to give extra focus to this element.+13:2Lit that he betray him. ME. Cf TEV.+13:2Ἰούδας Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτου ( Youdas Simōnos Iskariōtou) is in a split focal position (see BART Display), and therefore the clause has been structured so as to allow this element to land in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+13:3The participle has been interpreted as an adverbial participle of concession. This is reflected in the translation. Cf 2 Co 8:9; Php 2:6-7 (see esp CJB, ESV, NASB, NET, NLT, NRSV).+13:3Lit he.+13:3Lit in his hands. ME(I/F) (see L-N, 76.3; NET Bible Notes, Jn 3:35). Cf CJB, NCV, NLT, TEV.+13:3πάντα ( panta) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+13:3ἀπὸ θεοῦ ( apo theou) and πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ( pros ton theon) are in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to these elements.+13:4Cf Jn 10:11, 17-18.+13:4ME(H)/IT (see NET Bible Notes, Jn 13:4).+13:4Cf Mt 20:25-28; 1 Co 8:9; Php 2:5-11.+13:5ME(H)/IT (see NET Bible Notes, Jn 13:4).+13:6μου τοὺς πόδα ( mou tous poda) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT). The DFE has been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+13:8Cf NLT, JB.+13:8Lit you don’t have a share with me. ME(OTB) (cf, eg, the LXX at Dt 10:9, 12:12, 14:27-29, 18:1; Jsh 17:14; 2 Sm 20:1; cf also Rm 8:17; 1 Co 6:9-11; Ga 5:21; Eph 1:11-14, 5:5; Col 3:24; Heb 2:10-11). Cf NAB.+13:9IT. Cf NCV, NIV, TEV.+13:10A condition is implied in the participle here. For more on implicit conditions in Greek, see Wallace, Grammar, 687-9.+13:10τοὺς πόδας ( tous podas) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+13:10Lit he is clean all over/wholly. The feet have already been stated as the exception, and therefore the meaning here is all the other parts of the body beside the feet (which were exposed to the dust because sandals were the common form of footwear). Cf UBSHS (Jn), 433.+13:10“Disciples” is drawn from the plural “you” and the context. Cf NET.+13:10καὶ ὑμεῖς ( kai humeis) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this element. καὶ has also been used as a spacer to the same end.+13:11Lit he.+13:11IT. Cf TEV.+13:11οὐχὶ πάντες ( ouchi pantes) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+13:12Lit he.+13:12I have included “taken up” here to try to keep any potential connection with Jn 10:18 from being lost in translation (the “laying down” and “taking up” of the outer garments seems to have been a prophetic act; cf Jn 10:11-18). Cf 2 Co 5:1-5.+13:12“Disciples” is drawn from the plural “you” here.+13:12IT (see UBSHS [Jn], 434).+13:14καὶ ὑμεῖς ( kai humeis) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this element.+13:14ἀλλήλων τοὺς πόδας ( allēlōn tous podas) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore καὶ has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this element.+13:15“Disciples” is drawn from the plural “you” here, and the context.+13:15ὑπόδειγμα ( hupodeigma) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+13:15ἐγὼ ( egō) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+13:15καὶ ὑμεῖς ( kai humeis) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore καὶ has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this element. An intensive pronoun, placed in clause-final, has also been used to the same end.+13:16IT (see note at Mt 5:18).+13:16Or sent one, or messenger.+13:16Or sent. The aorist participle is probably functioning gnomically here. Cf NLT.+13:18περὶ πάντων ὑμῶν ( peri pantōn humōn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+13:18“For myself” is drawn from the middle voice here (see Wallace, Grammar, 421).+13:18Lit But [this is] so that the Scripture may be fulfilled. Cf HCSB, ISV, TEV.+13:18Lit The one. ME(OTB/H)/IT (see note at Mt 26:23).+13:18Lit has lifted up his heel against me. ME(I/F) (see L-N, 39.3). Cf NCV, NET, NLT, TEV.+13:18Ps 41:9+13:19ἀπ’ ἄρτι ( ap’ arti) is in P2 (see BART Display), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+13:19Or that I myself am he. Cf Dt 18:15-22; Is 41:21-24, 46:8-10; Jn 8:24.+13:20IT (see note at Mt 5:18).+13:20A condition is implied in the participle here. For more on implicit conditions in Greek, see Wallace, Grammar, 687-9.+13:20Lit whom I send. ME. Cf NLT.+13:20ἐμὲ ( eme) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and is an emphatic form of the first person singular accusative pronoun (see Black, Grammar, 66). A cleft-construction has therefore been used to give extra focus to this element.+13:20An actual situation beyond what is immediately apparent is implied from the context.+13:20Cf Mt 10:40.+13:20A condition is implied in the participle here. For more on implicit conditions in Greek, see Wallace, Grammar, 687-9.+13:20ἐμὲ ( eme) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and is an emphatic form of the first person singular accusative pronoun (see Black, Grammar, 66). It has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+13:20Cf Mt 10:40; Ac 9:4.+13:21Lit he was in anguish in spirit.+13:21IT (see note at Mt 5:18).+13:23Cf CJB; UBSHS (Jn), 441.+13:23Lit at the bosom of Jesus. ME(I/H) (see translation and notes at Lk 16:22; NET Bible Notes, 13:23). Cf NET.+13:24The optative mood is used here, which may indicate some element of surprise (see translation and notes at Lk 15:26, 22:23). This certainly fits the context.+13:24Lit he.+13:25Lit that one.+13:26Lit The one. ME(OTB/H)/IT (see note at Mt 26:23).+13:26IT. Cf ISV, NCV, NET, NLT, NIV.+13:26ἐκεῖνός ( ekeinos) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore the clause has been structured to give extra focus to the left-dislocated element to which it refers.+13:27IT (see v 30). Cf NRSV.+13:28Lit he.+13:29γλωσσόκομον ( glōssokomon) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+13:30Lit he.+13:31Lit he.+13:31Lit Now. ME. Cf NLT.+13:31See note at Jn 7:39. Some think that “glorify” includes the crucifixion itself (see, eg, NET Bible Notes, Jn 11:2). This is not accurate, however (cf, eg, Mt 16:27, 24:30, 25:31; Mk 10:37; Lk 24:26; Rm 8:17, 8:30; Col 3:4). Though the Messiah’s sufferings certainly brought honor to the Father (see the following clause), the cross was a time of suffering and humiliation for the Messiah. These statements are examples of Jesus “setting the joy before him” as he prepares to endure the “shame” of the cross, after which he will be exalted to “the right hand of the throne of God” (ie, exalted in resurrected glory) (Heb 12:2).+13:31The aorist tense is functioning proleptically here.+13:31Lit in/through. Translating ἐν ( en) here as a “marker of an experiencer of an event” ( L-N, 90.56). The meaning here is similar to Jn 9:3 and Rm 9:17, and most likely refers to the cross (cf, eg, Jn 10:17, 21:9; Rm 8:17; Php 2:8-9, 3:10-11).+13:31Or and God’s glory will most certainly be displayed in him. Lit God will certainly be glorified in/through him. Cf TEV; CJB, NASB, NCV, NET, NIV at Is 49:3; translation and notes at Jn 9:3, 11:4, and Rm 9:17. Cf also Jn 21:19. “Through him” is most likely a reference to the crucifixion, by which Jesus brings glory/honor to God (cf Jn 21:19), after which God exalts the Son in glory (cf, eg, Rm 8:17; Php 2:8-9, 3:10-11).+13:32Or If God’s glory is displayed in him. Cf Is 44:23, 49:3.+13:32ἐν ( en) here is most likely signaling location (for this function, see, eg, L-N, 83.9, 83.23). Cf, eg, Is 49:5 (LXX); Jn 17:5.+13:32εὐθὺς ( euthus) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore adverbs have been used to give extra focus to this element. Cf JB.+13:32Or right away. Cf JB.+13:32Cf Lv 23:9-11; Ps 110:1; Mt 16:21, 17:23, 20:19; Lk 9:22, 18:33, 24:7-46; Jn 2:19, 20:17; 1 Co 15:4.+13:33ἔτι μικρὸν ( eti mikron) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element.+13:33Lit the Jews. ME(H) (see note at Jn 1:19). Cf NET, NLT, TEV.+13:33καὶ ὑμῖν ( kai humin) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore καὶ has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this element.+13:34Ἐντολὴν καινὴν ( entolēn kainēn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+13:34καὶ ὑμεῖς ( kai humeis) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this element. καὶ has also been used as a spacer to the same end.+13:34See note at Jn 3:16. The same applies here. Demonstrations/expressions of servant love are in view here, since “the world” (v 35) makes conclusions about Jesus’ disciples based on the actions it observes.+13:35ἐμοὶ μαθηταί ( emoi mathētai) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), with ἐμοὶ in an embedded focal position (see BART Display). The phrase has therefore been translated so as to give extra focus to the embedded element.+13:35ἀγάπην ἐν ἀλλήλοις ( agapēn en allēlois) is in a split focal position (see BART Display; cf LDGNT). The DFE has been placed in clause-final for extra focus. A demonstrative pronoun (the love in view here is the same kind of love mentioned in v 34 [see UBSHS (Jn), 449]) has also been used to give extra focus to this element.+13:35IT. The love being referred to is the same kind of love mentioned in the preceding verse (see UBSHS [Jn], 449).+13:36νῦν ( nun) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+13:36Cf Jn 12:26, 21:19.+13:37τὴν ψυχήν μου ( tēn psuchēn mou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an emphatic adjective has been used to give extra focus to this element, which has also been placed in clause-final for primary focus and stress.+13:38IT. Cf NIV, TEV.+13:38τὴν ψυχήν σου ( tēn psuchēn sou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an emphatic adjective has been used to give extra focus to this element, which has also been placed in clause-final for primary focus and stress.+13:38IT (see note at Mt 5:18).+13:38ἀλέκτωρ ( alektōr) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+14:1Or You are putting your faith in God.+14:1καὶ εἰς ἐμὲ ( kai eis eme) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore καὶ has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this element.+14:2μοναὶ πολλαί ( monai pollai) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+14:2Cf Dt 12:5, 26:15; 1 Ki 6:5-6; 2 Ch 29:6, 30:27; Ps 2:4, 26:8, 33:13-14, 46:4, 68:5; Is 54:11-17, 63:15, 65:17-25, 66:1; Ezk 40-41; Mt 5:334-35, 6:9; Jn 1:18, 2:16, 3:13, 14:23; Ga 4:26-27; Col 3:1; Php 3:20; Heb 8:1-5, 13:14; Re 3:12, 21:1-4.+14:3πάλιν ( palin) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+14:3Cf 1 Th 4:13-18.+14:3καὶ ὑμεῖς ( kai humeis) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this element.+14:3καὶ ὑμεῖς ( kai humeis) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this element.+14:4Cf Rm 3:25, 5:2; Eph 2:18, 3:12; Heb 4:14-16, 10:19-22.+14:5IT. Cf CJB, ISV, NCV, NIV, NLT, TEV.+14:5τὴν ὁδὸν ( tēn hodon) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+14:6Or I myself am.+14:6Cf Rm 3:25, 5:2; Eph 2:18, 3:12; Heb 4:14-16, 10:19-22.+14:7καὶ τὸν πατέρα μου ( kai ton patera mou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore καὶ has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this element.+14:8This is an imperative of entreaty.+14:8Lit and it is sufficient for us. ME. Cf NCV, TEV.+14:9Koine Greek often uses parataxis in places where English may prefer hypotaxis, or when some sort of hypotactic relationship is implied (see BDAG, 494, sv καί 1.b.β.-ζ.; BDF, §471; Wallace, Grammar, 19; NET Bible Notes, Mk 10:28). The NLT and TEV signal the implied disjunction in the next clause.+14:9“Disciples” is drawn from the plural “you” here, and the context.+14:9τοσούτῳ χρόνῳ ( tosoutō chronō) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb (the phrase is already fairly emphatic on a semantic level) has be been used to give extra focus to this element, which has also been placed in clause-final for primary focus and stress. Cf ISV.+14:9A condition is implied in the participle here. For more on implicit conditions in Greek, see Wallace, Grammar, 687-9.+14:9An emphatic form of the first-person singular accusative pronoun is used here (see Black, Grammar, 66). Italics have thus been used to emphasize this element.+14:9πῶς ( pōs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore “in the world” and a spacer (drawn from the context; cf CJB, ISV, NCV, NLT, TEV) have been used to give extra focus to this element. For the rhetorical force of πῶς ( pōs) in this type of context, see BDAG, 901, sv 1.a.α-δ.+14:10Lit that I am in. ME (see translation and notes at Jn 10:38; UBSHS [Jn], 460). Cf CJB.+14:10ἐν ἐμοὶ ( en emoi) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+14:10ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ ( ap’ emautou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore the negative particle has been placed directly before this element to give it extra focus.+14:10ὁ πατὴρ ἐν ἐμοὶ μένων ( ho patēr en emoi menōn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element. δὲ ( de) has also been used as a spacer to the same end.+14:10ἐν ἐμοὶ ( en emoi) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+14:11IT (see UBSHS [Jn], 461). Cf NCV, NIV, TEV.+14:11IT. Cf NIV; translation and note at Jn 10:38.+14:11Lit if not. An ellipsis is used in the Greek text, with the information implied from the preceding verse (see UBSHS [Jn], 461). Cf JB; GeCL. διὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτὰ ( dia ta erga auta) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore εἰ μή ( ei mē) has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this element.+14:11Lit because of. ME (see UBSHS [Jn], 461; translation and notes at Jn 10:38). Cf JB; NIV.+14:12IT (see note at Mt 5:18).+14:12A condition is implied in the participle here. For more on implicit conditions in Greek, see Wallace, Grammar, 687-9.+14:12The performance of similar kinds of miracles, rather than the exact same miracles, is obviously the meaning here (see UBSHS [Jn], 461).+14:12ἐγὼ ( egō) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+14:12κἀκεῖνος ( kakeinos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this element. καὶ ( kai) has also been used as a spacer to the same end.+14:12μείζονα τούτων ( meizona toutōn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+14:12πρὸς τὸν πατέρα ( pros ton patera) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction and an emphatic adjective have been used to give extra focus to this element.+14:12A going back/return is meant here (cf ISV, NCV, NLT at Jn 7:33, 13:1). Cf Jn 1:18, 17:5.+14:13ποιήσω ( poiēsō) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore inversion has been used give extra focus to this element.+14:13Or so that the Father’s glory may be displayed in/through the Son. See translation and notes at Jn 13:31.+14:14τι ( ti) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+14:14Cf 1 Jn 5:14.+14:15τὰς ἐντολὰς τὰς ἐμὰς ( tas entolas tas emas) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+14:16ἄλλον παράκλητον ( allon paraklēton) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element (rendered with a ME; see following note).+14:16Lit another advocate/pleader/encourager/strengthener/one called alongside to help. ME/IT (see ANLEX, 296, sv παράκλητος 1, 2; BSL, Jn 14:6, sv παράκλητος; M-M, #3875; translation and notes at 2 Co 1:4 [the word used here (παράκλητος [ paraklētos])] is part of the same cognate family as παρακαλέω [ parakaleō] and παράκλησις [ paraklēsis], which are used in 2 Co 1).+14:16μεθ’ ( meth’) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+14:16εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα ( eis ton aiōna) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore repetition has been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+14:17The present indicatives in this verse are functioning futuristically (cf v 16).+14:17Or know. Cf ISV, NLT.+14:17Cf Ac 2:13.+14:17ὑμεῖς ( humeis) in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give this element extra focus.+14:17Or know.+14:17παρ’ ( par’) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+14:17ἐν ( en) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+14:18IT (see L-N, 34.21; UBSHS [Jn], 469).+14:19οὐκέτι θεωρεῖ ( ouketi theōrei) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT). Italics have thus been used to give extra focus to this element. The negation has also been placed in clause-final to the same end.+14:19ὑμεῖς ( humeis) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this element. δὲ ( de) has also been used as a spacer to the same end.+14:19Cf Ac 10:41.+14:19ἐγὼ ( egō) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+14:19καὶ ὑμεῖς ( humeis) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this element. καὶ has also been used as a spacer to the same end.+14:19Cf Ro 6:5-11, 8:1-39; Ga 2:20; Heb 2:5-18. The new life begins with the deposit/firstfruits of the Spirit on the inside (cf, eg, Rm 8:22; Ga 2:20; Eph 1:13-14; 2 Co 4:16-18), and culminates in bodily resurrection at the Second Coming (Rm 8:23; 1 Co 15:23).+14:20Or In/at that day. Cf NET. Though “in that day” is often used in the NT in reference to the Day of the Lord/Second Coming (cf, eg, Mt 7:22, 26:29; 1 Th 5:2), in this context (where the Messiah is described as being “seen” only by his disciples; cf, eg, Re 1:7), ἐκεῖνος ( ekeinos) is most likely pointing anaphorically (cf, eg, Lk 23:7; Jn 11:53, 20:19) to the time mentioned in vv 14-19 (see BDAG, sv ἡμέρα 4.a.; L-N, 67.142; NET Bible Notes, Jn 14:20; UBSHS [Jn], 470).+14:20Lit that I am in. ME (see translation and notes at Jn 10:38). Cf CJB.+14:21A condition is implied in the participle here. For more on implicit conditions in Greek, see Wallace, Grammar, 687-9.+14:21κἀγὼ ( kagō) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this element.+14:21ἐμαυτόν ( emauton) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give extra focus and emphasis to this element within the ME (see following note).+14:21Lit will manifest myself to him. ME(OTB) (see NAC [Jn], 128; Vincent, Word Studies, 2:245; UBSHS [Jn], 471; cf the MT and LXX at Ex 33:13-23). Cf Jn 1:14; Lk 24:36-42; 2 Co 3:12-18.+14:22ἡμῖν καὶ οὐχὶ τῷ κόσμῳ ( hēmin kai ouchi tō kosmō) is in a split focal position (see BART Display; cf LDGNT). An adverb and a comma have been used to give extra focus to the preposed element.+14:22IT. Cf NCV. κόσμος ( kosmos) here is referring to the world of mankind (see BDAG, 562, sv 6).+14:23τηρήσει ( tērēsei) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+14:23Or message, or word.+14:23ἐλευσόμεθα ( eleusometha) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore inversion and an adverb have been used to give extra focus to this element.+14:23Or come. Drawing from BDAG in translation here (see BDAG, 394, sv ἔρχομαι 4.b.β.).+14:23“For ourselves” is drawn from the middle voice here (see BDAG, 841, sv ποιέω 7; Wallace, Grammar, 419-21).+14:23μονὴν ( monēn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+14:23Or with. Cf ISV.+14:23Cf Eph 3:17; Col 3:16-17; 1Jn 2:24; Re 3:20.+14:24οὐ τηρεῖ ( ou tērei) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+14:24Or word, or message.+14:24Or word, or message.+14:24ἐμὸς ( emos) and τοῦ πέμψαντός με πατρός ( tou pempsantos me patros) are in E-O, as part of a point-counterpoint series (see LDGNT), and therefore the negative particle has been placed directly before the counterpoint to give extra focus to these elements.+14:24πέμψαντός με ( pempsantos me) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+14:25παρ’ ( par’) is in P2 (see BART Display), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+14:26Lit the advocate/pleader/encourager/strengthener/one called alongside to help. ME/IT (see note at Jn 14:15).+14:27Εἰρήνην ( eirēnēn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a reversed wh-cleft has been used to give extra focus to this element. Cf CJB, TEV.+14:27Cf Rm 5:1; Eph 2:11-22.+14:27εἰρήνην τὴν ἐμὴν ( eirēnēn tēn emēn) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore a cleft-construction and possessive adjective have been used to give extra focus to this element. Cf TEV.+14:27IT (see UBSHS [Jn], 474).+14:27οὐ καθὼς ὁ κόσμος δίδωσιν ( ou kathōs ho kosmos didōsin) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore the negative particle has been placed directly before this element to give it extra focus and stress.+14:27Lit Not as the world gives do I give to you. ME/IT (see UBSHS [Jn], 474).+14:28The condition here is contrary-to-fact (see Black, Grammar, 183; UBSHS [Jn], 475). Cf NAB, NLT.+14:28μείζων μού ( meizōn mou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+14:30πολλὰ ( polla) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element within the ME (see following note).+14:30Lit I will no longer speak with you many things/much. ME (see UBSHS [Jn], 475). Cf NLT.+14:30Or Over me he has no power. Lit In me he has nothing. ME(OTB) (see UBSHS [Jn], 476). Cf CJB, ESV, HCSB, ISV, LEB, NCV, NET, NIV, NLT, NRSV, RSV.+14:30Cf Jb 1-2; Dn 9:26 (LXX); Zc 3:1-5.+14:31οὕτως ( houtōs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to its left-dislocated referent. Cf NCV, NIV.+14:31Lit But so that the world may know that I love the Father, indeed just as the Father commanded me, so I do.+15:1ὁ γεωργός ( ho geōrgos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+15:2φέρον ( pheron) is in an embedded DFE position (see BART Display), and therefore an auxiliary verb has been used here to give extra focus to this element. Italics have also been used to the same end, since an auxiliary was also used in the preceding clause (in keeping with English requirements).+15:2καρπὸν πλείονα ( karpon pleiona) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element.+15:3καθαροί ( katharoi) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+15:3Or because of the word/message I have spoken to you. Cf NLT, TEV.+15:4Lit Dwell/remain/abide/continue in me. ME (see translation and notes at Jn 6:56, 10:38, 14:10, 14:20). Cf CJB, TEV; TEV at 1 Jn 4:15-16.+15:4Cf Jn 6:56; Rm 6:10; Eph 3:16-17; Col 3:16; Jm 4:8; 1 Jn 1:3; Re 3:20.+15:4καρπὸν ( karpon) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+15:4Lit of itself/on its own, unless/except/if it doesn’t remain. Cf NCV, NIV.+15:4Lit remains in, or dwell in, continues in. ME. Attachment alone isn’t the meaning here; drawing on the life of the vine is also in view (see Jn 6:53-56). Cf NET Bible Notes, Jn 15:4.+15:4IT. “Produce fruit” is implied from the preceding clause. Cf CJB, NCV, NIV, NLT, TEV.+15:4ἐν ἐμοὶ ( en emoi) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give extra focus and emphasis to this element.+15:5A condition is implied in the participle here. For more on implicit conditions in Greek, see Wallace, Grammar, 687-9. Cf NIV.+15:5Cf Jn 15:2; Lk 8:15; Rm 5:3-5, 8:16-17; Php 3:10-11.+15:5Cf Jn 6:63.+15:6The aorist indicative is functioning proleptically here (cf UBSHS [Jn], 482). Cf Mt 24:45-51; Lk 12:41-48.+15:6IT (see v 2). Cf NLT.+15:6This is an indefinite plural (lit they will gather them). For more on indefinite plurals, see Wallace, Grammar, 402-3. See also UBSHS (Jn), 483. Cf CJB, ESV, NET, NIV, NLT, NRSV, RSV, TEV.+15:6εἰς τὸ πῦρ ( eis to pur) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+15:7ἐν ὑμῖν ( en humin) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+15:7Translating as a permissive imperative here (for a brief description of permissive imperatives, see Wallace, Grammar, 488-9). Cf ISV, NCV, NLT.+15:7ὃ ἐὰν θέλητε ( ho ean thelēte) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore a cleft has been used to give extra focus to this element.+15:7Lit whatever you will/wish/purpose/want/intend. ME.+15:8The aorist indicative is functioning proleptically here.+15:8Or This is how my Father will receive honor and glory. See note at Jn 13:31.+15:8καρπὸν πολὺν ( karpon polun) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+15:8Lit and [so] show. Koine Greek often uses parataxis in places where English may prefer hypotaxis, and/or when some sort of hypotactic relationship is implied (see BDAG, 494, sv καί 1.b.β.-ζ.; BDF, §471; Wallace, Grammar, 19; NET Bible Notes, Mk 10:28). Cf NCV, NIV, TEV.+15:8Cf 2 Co 1:8-10; Col 2:24.+15:9See translation and notes at Jn 3:16, 13:1, 13:34. The same applies here. Translating in a way similar to Jn 13:34 (where a similar type of construction is used).+15:9ὑμᾶς ( humas) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+15:10ἐὰν τὰς ἐντολάς μου ( ean tas entolas mou) is in P2 (see BART Display), and has therefore been placed at the end of the clause for extra focus and stress.+15:10τὰς ἐντολάς μου ( tas entolas mou) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display). The constituent has been translated so as to allow the key word (see note at Jn 5:24) to land in clause-final for primary focus and stress (lit the commandments of/from me).+15:10τὰς ἐντολὰς τοῦ πατρός μου ( tas entolas tou patros mou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT). The constituent has been translated so as to allow the key word (see note at Jn 5:24) to land in clause-final for primary focus and stress.+15:11ἐν ὑμῖν ( en humin) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a possessive adjective has been used to give extra focus to this element within the ME (see following note).+15:11Lit so that my joy may be in you. ME (see UBSHS [Jn], 486).+15:11Lit that your joy may be made full/complete. ME (see UBSHS [Jn], 486).+15:13μείζονα ταύτης ἀγάπην ( meizona tautēs agapēn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), with ταύτης ( tautēs) in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore the clause has been structured so as to give extra focus to this element. Cf NIV.+15:13τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ( tēn psuchēn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore ὑπὲρ τῶν φίλων αὐτοῦ ( huper tōn philōn) has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this element. An emphatic adjective has also been used to the same end.+15:13Cf Jn 10:11-15.+15:14φίλοι μού ( philoi) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give extra focus and emphasis to this element.+15:15Lit the slave does not know what his master does. ME (see UBSHS [Jn], 488). Cf Phps, NLT. The statement that follows makes it clear what the intended meaning is here.+15:15πάντα ἃ ἤκουσα παρὰ τοῦ πατρός μου ( panta ha ēkousa para tou patros mou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+15:16ὑμεῖς ( humeis) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+15:16ἐγὼ ( egō) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element (with “it is” implied from the preceding clause).+15:16καρπὸν ( karpon) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis. Cf Is 5:1-7, 27:1-6, 37:1, 49:1-6; Ac 13:47.+15:16Cf Rm 1:5; 1 Co 3:13.+15:16ὅ τι ἂν αἰτήσητε τὸν πατέρα ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου ( ho ti an aitēsēte ton patera en tō onomati mou) is in P2 (see BART Display), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for primary focus and stress.+15:18μισεῖ ( misei) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+15:18ἐμὲ ( eme) is an emphatic form of the first person accusative personal pronoun (see Black, Grammar, 66), and is also in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this element (the clause has been structured so as to allow for this; lit it hated me).+15:18See preceding note.+15:18πρῶτον ( prōton humōn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+15:19ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου ( ek tou kosmou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+15:19τὸ ἴδιον ( to idion) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an emphatic adjective has been used to give extra focus to this element.+15:19A marker of reason (ὅτι [ hoti]) is used here. Because reason is also signaled by διὰ τοῦτο ( dia touto), an independent clause has been used in translation here. Cf NAB, NCV, NIV, NLT, TEV. Cf also UBSHS (Jn), 492.+15:19οὐκ ἐστέ ( ouk este) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give extra focus and emphasis to this element.+15:19“For myself” is drawn from the middle voice here (see Wallace, Grammar, 421).+15:20Lit the word which I told you. ME. Cf CJB, NCV, NET, NLT, TEV.+15:20ἐμὲ ( eme) is an emphatic form of the first person accusative personal pronoun (see Black, Grammar, 66), and is also in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+15:20καὶ ὑμᾶς ( kai humas) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore καὶ has been used as a spacer to give this element extra focus.+15:20τὸν λόγον μου ( ton logon mou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore the key word has been italicized for extra focus and emphasis (the contrast is with “yours” in the next line).+15:20Or word, or message.+15:20καὶ τὸν ὑμέτερον ( kai ton humeteron) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore καὶ has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this element.+15:21πάντα ( panta) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and has therefore been segmented with commas for extra focus.+15:22Cf Dt 18:18-19; Ac 3:22-23.+15:22ἁμαρτίαν ( hamartian) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore this element within the ME (see following note) has been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+15:22Lit would not have sin. ME (see note at Jn 9:41). The same applies here. Cf CJB, ESV, NCV, NET, NIV, NLT, TEV.+15:22πρόφασιν ( prophasin) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final, with the negative particle placed directly in front of it, for extra focus and stress.+15:23A condition is implied in the participle here. For more on implicit conditions in Greek, see Wallace, Grammar, 687-9.+15:23ἐμὲ ( eme) is an emphatic form of the first person accusative personal pronoun (see Black, Grammar, 66), and is also in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+15:23καὶ τὸν πατέρα μου ( kai ton patera mou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element. καὶ has also been used as a spacer to the same end.+15:24Lit among them. The meaning of ἐν αὐτοῖς ( en autois) here approximates the meaning of ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν ( emprosthen autō) at Jn 12:37 (see translation and notes there). Cf BDAG, 326, sv ἐν 1.e. Cf also the last part of the verse: “But now they have seen...”.+15:24τὰ ἔργα ἃ οὐδεὶς ἄλλος ἐποίησεν ( ta erga ha oudeis allos epoiēsen) is in a split focal position (see BART Display; cf LDGNT), and therefore adverbs (cf CJB, NLT, TEV) and commas have been used to give extra focus to this element.+15:24Cf Dt 18:18-19, 34:10-12; Jn 9:32; Ac 2:22, 3:22-23.+15:24οὐκ εἴχοσαν ( ouk eichosan) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give extra focus and emphasis to this element within the ME (see following note).+15:24Lit would not have sin. ME (see notes at Jn 9:41 and v 22 above).+15:24“Still” is drawn from the perfect tense here. Cf NLT.+15:25Lit law. ME (see note at Jn 12:34). The same applies here. ἐν τῷ νόμῳ αὐτῶν ( en tō nomō autōn) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give extra focus and emphasis to this element, which has also been placed in clause-final for primary focus and stress (cf NET, NIV, NRSV, RSV).+15:25Drawing from BDAG in translation here (see BDAG, 266, sv δωρεάν 2). The point here is not that they hated Jesus for no reason (they had their own reasons[!]; see, eg, Jn 9:16, 10:32), but for no valid reason (see L-N, 89.20).+15:25Ps 35:19 or 69:4+15:26Lit When the advocate/pleader/encourager/strengthener/one called alongside to help. ME/IT (see note at Jn 14:15).+15:26Cf Re 1:4, 4:5, 5:6.+15:26See note at Jn 1:14. The same applies here.+15:26ἐκπορεύεται ( ekporeuetai) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore inversion and an adverb have been used to give extra focus to this element.+15:27“Disciples” is drawn from the plural “you” here.+15:27καὶ ὑμεῖς ( kai humeis) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this element. καὶ has also been used as a spacer to the same end.+15:27μετ’ ( met’) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis. Here Jesus is underscoring the credibility of the apostles as first-hand witnesses. Cf Ac 10:34-43.+15:27Cf Ac 10:34-43.+15:27ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς ( ap’ archēs) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore an emphatic adjective has been used to give extra focus to this constituent.+15:27Cf Lk 1:1-4.+16:1Or from stumbling, or from taking offense.+16:2This is an indefinite plural. For more on indefinite plurals, see Wallace, Grammar, 402-3. Cf NLT, TEV.+16:2ἀποσυναγώγους ( aposunagōgous) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore inversion has been used to give extra focus to this element.+16:2Lit hour.+16:2λατρείαν τῷ θεῷ ( latreian tō theō) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT). The P2 element has been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+16:3Or have known. The aorist indicative is interpreted as functioning gnomically here. This is reflected in the translation. Cf LEB.+16:4Lit when their hour comes. ME (see UBSHS [Jn], 550). Cf CJB, NET, NLT.+16:4In this context, εἶπον ( eipon) carries connotations of warning. Cf NIV, NEB, NLT.+16:4ἐξ ἀρχῆς ( ex archēs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this constituent extra focus and emphasis.+16:4μεθ’ ( met’) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+16:5Lit now. ME (see translation and notes at Jn 13:31). Cf the NLT at Jn 13:31.+16:5The present indicative is interpreted as functioning voluntatively. This is reflected in the translation. The following verse makes it clear that grief and sorrow are the cause of the silence.+16:5Lit and yet none of you asks me, “Where are you going?” Following the lead of the NLT and TEV (cf also UBSHS [Jn], 502) in the use of indirect discourse in translation here.+16:6Lit because these things I have spoken to you. Cf NLT.+16:7τὴν ἀλήθειαν ( tēn alētheian) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+16:7Or Advocate, or Pleader, or Encourager, or Strengthener. See note at Jn 14:15.+16:8Or sin. See notes at Jn 9:41 and 15:22.+16:8Or concerning God’s justice, or concerning what is right. Lit concerning righteousness/innocence/vindication/justice/what is right. For a brief summary of the challenges involved in interpreting (and thus translating) this phrase, see UBSHS (Jn), 503-4. Passages likes Ac 2:22-36 are what cause me to lean in favor the interpretation reflected in the text. Note that in Ac 2:36, the listeners “were cut to the heart” immediately following the announcement of the Messiah’s vindication: “God has made him both Lord and Christ, this Jesus whom you crucified” (ESV). Cf 1 Ti 3:16. If this interpretation is correct, it means that the Holy Spirit will confirm and bring conviction to people that Jesus is in fact alive and has been raised from the dead, even though people don’t see him now because of his exaltation to the right hand of the Father.+16:8Lit concerning [God’s] judgment. ME/IT (see UBSHS [Jn], 503-4). Cf Brc; NLT; TEV. Cf, Rm 2:1-5, 16; Ac 10:42, 17:31; Col 3:6; 1 Th 1:10.+16:9Lit they. This is an indefinite plural. Cf CJB, NIV.+16:10IT. Cf ISV, NCV, NLT at Jn 7:33. Cf also Jn 17:5.+16:10πρὸς τὸν πατέρα ( pros ton patera) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+16:11Jesus is once again speaking proleptically here (cf translation and notes at Jn 12:31; NET Bible Notes, Jn 12:31; UBSHS [Jn], 504). Cf ESV, NRSV, and RSV at 1 Co 2:6. Although proleptic/prophetic perfects typically occur in the apodosis of an implicit or explicit conditional clause (see Wallace, Grammar, 581), this is not always the case (see Robertson, Grammar, 898; see also note at Jn 17:22). Cf Is 24:21-22; Mt 25:41; Jn 8:44; Re 19:20, 20:10-15.+16:11ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου ( ho archōn tou kosmou toutou) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore inversion has been used to give extra focus to this element.+16:11Cf Is 24:21-22; Mt 25:41; Jn 8:44; Re 19:20, 20:10-15.+16:12Ἔτι πολλὰ ( ’eti polla) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb, a dummy subject, and subordination have been used to give extra focus to this element. Cf NLT.+16:12λέγειν ( legein) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+16:12Lit you cannot bear it now. ME. Cf NCV, NEB, TEV.+16:13Lit when that one. ἐκεῖνος ( ekeinos) is pointing back anaphorically to the Helper.+16:13Or into, or with respect to. While it is certainly possible that ὁδηγέω ( hodēgeō) is causing ἐν ( en) to shed its stativity here (see L-N, 84.22; Wallace, Grammar, 359; cf Re 7:17, where ἐπὶ [ epi] is used; the Byzantine Textform has εἰς [ eis] here), the LSGNT Notes categorize this as a preposition of reference (see LSGNT Notes, Jn 16:13). Sphere (see L-N, 83.13) is also conceivable here, with the truth (ie, of the gospel; see BDAG, sv ἀλήθεια 2.b.) establishing the parameters of the Spirit’s guidance (ie, the Spirit’s leadership never goes outside the truth of the gospel).+16:13πάσῃ ( pasē) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+16:13ὅσα ἀκούσει ( hosa akousei) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element. Cf CJB, NCV, NIV.+16:13τὰ ἐρχόμενα ( ta erchomena) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore an emphatic adjective has been used to give extra focus to this element.+16:13Cf 1 Co 1:6-10; Eph 1:17-19.+16:14Or will bring me honor and glory. ME (see UBSHS [Jn], 507; notes at Jn 13:31). Cf GeCL. δοξάσει ( doxasei) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis. Cf Jn 14:21; 2 Co 3:16-18.+16:14Cf NIV, NLT.+16:14ἐκ τοῦ ἐμοῦ ( ek tou emou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for primary focus and stress. An intensive pronoun has also been used to give extra focus to this element within the ME (see following note).+16:14Lit will receive from what is mine. ME (see NAC [Jn], 170; UBSHS [Jn], 507-8). Cf NCV, TEV.+16:15Lit mine. ME (see translation and notes at Jn 3:35; UBSHS [Jn], 507). Cf Brc at Mt 20:23; TEV at Jn 10:29. The meaning here is similar to Jn 3:35 and Jn 10:27-29 (see esp the TEV at Jn 10:29). Cf also Jn 6:37-40, 17:6-11. A ME has been chosen here in order to allow for the focal element (see following note) to be placed in clause-final.+16:15The neuter is used here, but the meaning is people (see translation and notes at Jn 6:37-39; UBSHS [Jn], 533). Cf CJB, HCSB, NCV, NET, NLT, TEV at Jn 6:37; NLT at Jn 17:10.+16:15πάντα ὅσα ἔχει ὁ πατὴρ ( panta hosa echei ho patēr) is in P2 (see BART Display), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+16:15Jn 3:35, 6:37-40, 10:27-29,17:6-11.+16:15ἐκ τοῦ ἐμοῦ ( ek tou emou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for primary focus and stress. An intensive pronoun has also been used to give extra focus to this element within the ME (see note at “tell you” in v 14).+16:15Cf Jn 3:35, 10:1-30, 14:18, 17:1-15.+16:17IT. Cf ISV, NCV, NLT at Jn 7:33. Cf also Jn 17:5.+16:19ἐρωτᾶν ( erōtan) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+16:19IT. Cf NET.+16:19Lit about this are you deliberating with one another, that I said. ME. Cf ISV, NCV, NIV+16:20IT (see note at Mt 5:18).+16:20εἰς χαρὰν ( eis charan) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+16:21λύπην ( lupēn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adjective has been used to give extra focus and emphasis to this element.+16:21Lit hour.+16:22λύπην ( lupēn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a reversed wh-cleft has been used to give extra focus to this element.+16:22πάλιν ( palin) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+16:22Cf Is 66:14; Jn 20:20.+16:23Lit in that day. See note at Jn 14:20. Cf NET. The same applies here. Cf Jn 20:20.+16:23ἐμὲ ( eme) is in P2 (see BART Display), and is an emphatic form of the first person accusative personal pronoun (see Black, Grammar, 66), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+16:23IT (see note at Mt 5:18).+16:23ὅ τι αἰτήσητε τὸν πατέρα ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου ( ho ti aitēsēte ton patera en tō onomati mou) is in P2 (see BART Display), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for primary focus and stress.+16:24Here ἵνα ( hina) seems to be signaling result (see UBSHS [Jn], 5125). Cf NLT, NIV.+16:24Lit that your joy may be complete. ME (see note at Jn 15:11).+16:25ἐν παροιμίαις ( en paroimiais) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+16:25Lit an hour.+16:25ἐν παροιμίαις ( en paroimiais) and παρρησίᾳ ( parrēsia) are in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and constitute a point-counterpoint series (see LDGNT), and therefore the negative particle has been placed directly before the counterpoint to give extra focus to these elements, with περὶ τοῦ πατρὸς ( peri tou patros) placed before the main point to allow for this.+16:25Cf Lk 24:25-27, 44-49; Ac 1:1-5.+16:26Lit In that day, or At that time. See note at Jn 14:20. Cf NET, TEV.+16:26ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου ( en tō onomati mou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+16:26ἐγὼ ( egō) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give extra focus to this element.+16:26Lit I am not saying to you that I myself will ask the Father for you/on your behalf. ME (see UBSHS [Jn], 517). Cf NCV.+16:27αὐτὸς ὁ πατὴρ ( autos ho patēr) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore γὰρ (gar) has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this element.+16:27For the meaning of φιλέω ( phileō) here, see translation and notes at Mt 10:37 and 1 Co 16:22. Cf Lk 22:28-30; Jn 6:66-69.+16:27ἐμὲ ( eme) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and is an emphatic form of the first person accusative personal pronoun (see Black, Grammar, 66), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+16:27“Still” and “remain” are drawn from the perfect tense of the verbs here (in Greek, the perfect tense signals a past action with ongoing results/relevance at the time of the speaker [see Wallace, Grammar, 573; cf UBSHS (Jn), 216]). Cf translation and notes at Jn 6:69.+16:27παρὰ [τοῦ] θεοῦ ( para [tou] theou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+16:27Cf Lk 22:28-30; Jn 6:66-69.+16:28IT. See note at Jn 1:14. The same applies here.+16:28Lit again. Cf ESV, ISV, NCV, NET, NLT, TEV. According to the NET Bible Notes, πάλιν ( palin) here “functions as a marker of contrast, with the implication of a sequence” ( NET Bible Notes, Jn 16:28). Cf BDAG, sv πάλιν 3, 4; UBSHS (Jn), 519.+16:29Cf ESV, HSCB, RSV.+16:29ἐν παρρησίᾳ ( en parrēsia) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+16:30ἐρωτᾷ ( erōta) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element within the ME (see following note).+16:30Lit and you have no need that anyone question you. ME (see UBSHS [Jn], 520). Cf Mt 17:25. Jn 16:19.+16:30ἀπὸ θεοῦ ( apo theou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+16:31ἄρτι ( arti) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give extra focus and emphasis to this element within the ME (see following note).+16:31Lit You believe now/at last. ME. Cf NLT.+16:31Or You believe at last! “Whether a question or a statement, the impact of Jesus’ words is to cast doubt on the strength of the disciples’ faith” ( UBSHS [Jn], 520).+16:32Lit behold. EFE (see note at Mt 2:9).+16:32Lit hour.+16:32IT. Cf CJB, ISV, NLT.+16:32IT. Cf ISV, NLT, TEV.+16:32μόνον ( monon) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element.+16:32IT. Cf NCV, TEV.+16:32ὁ πατὴρ ( ho patēr) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this element.+16:33ταῦτα ( tauta) here is interpreted as referring not only to the statement in v 32 (which in itself doesn’t offer much reason for “peace”), but to the contents of the entire discourse (the interpretation favored by the UBSHS here [see UBSHS (Jn), 520]). This is reflected in the translation. Cf NLT.+16:33εἰρήνην ( eirēnēn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+16:33θλῖψιν ( thilpsin) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adjective has been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis. Cf NLT.+16:33Cf Re 3:21.+17:1See note at “all” in v 16:33. The same interpretation is reflected here. Cf NLT.+17:1Or heaven.+17:1Lit the hour. ME. ὥρα ( hōra) here means a time appointed according to God’s plan (see ANLEX, 415, sv 2; cf translation and notes at Jn 3:15, 7:6 [ὥρα isn’t used in these places, but the idea is the same]).+17:1Or Display the glory of your Son, or Clothe and exalt in glory your Son. Cf Is 49:1-7 (LXX). See notes at Jn 5:41-44, 7:18, 7:39, 13:31. Cf also Jn 5:23, 8:49.+17:1Or so that your Son may display your glory. See notes at Jn 13:31.+17:2Lit all flesh. Translated according to “Flesh” M (see FBT Chart). Cf CJB, ISV, NET, TEV.+17:2This is a more literal rendering of ζωὴν αἰώνιον ( zōēn aiōnion), which most English translations render as “eternal life.” See UBSHS (Jn), 88.+17:3This is a more literal rendering of ζωὴ αἰώνιος ( zōē aiōnios), which most English translations render as “eternal life.” See UBSHS (Jn), 88. αἰώνιος ( aiōnios) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+17:3Cf Jr 31:31-34.+17:3Cf 1 Th 1:9-10.+17:4σε ( se) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give this element extra focus.+17:4Or it is you to whom I have brought glory and honor on the earth. Cf Jn 9:1-6, 11:4.+17:4τὸ ἔργον ὃ δέδωκάς μοι ἵνα ποιήσω ( to ergon ho dedōkas moi hina poiēsō) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an emphatic adjective has been used to give extra focus to this element.+17:5τὸν κόσμον ( ton kosmon) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+17:5παρὰ σοί ( para soi) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and therefore an emphatic adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element. The element has also been placed in clause-final for primary focus and stress.+17:6Lit I have manifested your name. ME(OTB) (see translation and notes at Jn 14:21-22; cf also UBSHS [Jn], 529). The same verb is used here. Cf Ex 33:17-23.+17:6Or to the men.+17:6Drawing from BDAG in translation here (see BDAG, 242, δίδωμι 5.b.).+17:6Cf Ex 23:21, 33:12-23; Is 8:18; Jn 1:14-18.+17:6σοὶ ( soi) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+17:6κἀμοὶ ( kamoi) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+17:6τὸν λόγον σου ( ton logon sou) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+17:7παρὰ σοῦ ( para sou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+17:8τὰ ῥήματα ἃ ἔδωκάς μοι ( ta rhēmata ha edōkas moi) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore an emphatic adjective has been used to give extra focus to this element, which has also been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+17:8Or words, or message.+17:8Cf Jn 7:16; Jd 3.+17:8Or acknowledged, or knew, or understood.+17:8παρὰ σοῦ ( para sou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT; note, though, that the BART Display is marked for focal ambiguity), and therefore the clause has been structured so as to give this element extra focus. An emphatic adjective has also been used to the same end.+17:8IT. See note at Jn 1:14. The same applies here.+17:8ἀπέστειλας ( apesteilas) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and therefore an adverb, auxiliary verb, and italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+17:9περὶ αὐτῶν ( peri autōn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+17:9περὶ τοῦ κόσμου ἀλλὰ περὶ ὧν δέδωκάς μοι ( peri tou kosmou alla peri hōn dedōkas moi) is in a split focal position is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and constitutes a point-counterpoint series (see LDGNT), and therefore the negative particle has been placed directly before the counterpoint to give extra focus to the counterpoint and the main point.+17:9σοί ( soi) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+17:10πάντα ( panta) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+17:10The neuter is used here, but the meaning is people (see translation and notes at Jn 6:37-39, 16:15; UBSHS [Jn], 533). Cf NLT here; cf also CJB, HCSB, NCV, NET, NLT, TEV at Jn 6:37.+17:10Lit the things that are mine. ME. Maintaining consistency in translation with Jn 16:15 (see translation and notes there). τὰ ἐμὰ πάντα σά ( ta ema panta sa) is in P2 (see BART Display), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus.+17:10Or and I will surely receive honor and glory through/because of them. See notes at Jn 13:13, 16:14. Cf John 1:14, 2:11, 17:5. The perfect tense is functioning proleptically here (see Robertson, Grammar, 898; cf also note at Jn 17:22 below). Cf Is 49:1-6 (LXX); Ac 13:47.+17:11Koine Greek often uses parataxis in places where English may prefer hypotaxis, and/or when some sort of hypotactic relationship is implied (see BDAG, 494, sv καί 1.b.β.-ζ.; BDF, §471; Wallace, Grammar, 19; NET Bible Notes, Mk 10:28). The relationship with the following clause is disjunctive in nature (cf, eg, HCSB, ISV, NET, NIV).+17:11The present indicative (stative verb) is obviously functioning futuristically here, since Jesus is still “in the world” as he prays this. Cf NCV, NIV, NLT.+17:11αὐτοὶ ( autoi) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this element.+17:11πρὸς σὲ ( pros se) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+17:11Or keep, or protect.+17:11IT. Cf CJB, NCV, NIV, NLT, TEV.+17:11The antecedent has been restated in translation for clarity. Cf ISV, NCV, NIV, TEV.+17:11Lit just as we. Cf NCV, TEV.+17:11Cf Jn 10:1-30.+17:12Lit While I was with them. ME. Cf NLT.+17:12IT. Cf CJB, NCV, NLT, TEV.+17:12Again restating the antecedent for clarity.+17:12Exception/restriction is a forward-pointing device in Greek (see Runge, Disc Grammar, 83-91).+17:12Lit the son of destruction. ME(I/F) (see NET Bible Notes, Jn 17:12). Cf ISV, NET, NIV, NLT.+17:13πρὸς σὲ ( pros se) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), therefore italics have been used to give extra focus to this element.+17:13Lit I speak. The context indicates that the speaking here is prayer. Cf NCV; UBSHS (Jn), 537.+17:13Lit so that they may have my joy completed/fulfilled/filled in themselves. ME (see translation and notes at Jn 15:11). Cf NCV, TEV.+17:14Or message, or word.+17:14Or has hated. The aorist indicative has been interpreted as functioning proleptically. This is reflected in the translation. Cf Lk 22:35-36; Jn 15:18-25, 16:1-4.+17:14Cf Mt 10:13-15.+17:14ἐγὼ ( egō) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this element.+17:16οὐκ εἰσὶν ( ouk eisin) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore inversion has been used to give extra focus to this element.+17:16ἐγὼ ( egō) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this element.+17:17Lit sanctify them. ME/IT (see Timothy Miller, “Paul’s Priestly Mission and Salvation from the Coming Wrath: A Missiological Probe of Romans 15:16 and the Question of Divine Anger through the Worldview of Leviticus” [PhD diss., Columbia International University, 2024]).+17:17Cf 2 Ti 2:20-21.+17:17ὁ λόγος ὁ σὸς ( ho logos ho sos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT). The key word has been italicized for extra focus and emphasis (see note at Jn 5:24).+17:17Or word, or message.+17:17Cf Ps 119:142.+17:18ἐμὲ ( eme) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+17:18Or have sent. Cf NLT. The aorist indicative has been interpreted as functioning proleptically or gnomically. This is reflected in the translation.+17:18Cf Jn 20:21.+17:19Or And on their behalf.+17:19Lit sanctify myself. ME/IT (see Timothy Miller, “Paul’s Priestly Mission and Salvation from the Coming Wrath: A Missiological Probe of Romans 15:16 and the Question of Divine Anger through the Worldview of Leviticus” [PhD diss., Columbia International University, 2024]).+17:19Lit be sanctified. ME/IT (see Timothy Miller, “Paul’s Priestly Mission and Salvation from the Coming Wrath: A Missiological Probe of Romans 15:16 and the Question of Divine Anger through the Worldview of Leviticus” [PhD diss., Columbia International University, 2024]).+17:20Οὐ περὶ τούτων μόνον ( ou peris toutōn monon) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+17:20εἰς ἐμέ ( eis eme) is receiving thematic prominence (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and stress, since placing it in clause-final would go beyond the boundaries of English syntax.+17:20Or word, or teaching.+17:20Lit because of the message of them. Making the information compressed in the genitive explicit in translation.+17:21ἓν ( hen) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+17:21Lit just as you, Father, are in me. ME (see note at Jn 10:38). Cf CJB.+17:21καὶ αὐτοὶ ( kai autoi) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this element. καὶ has also been used as a spacer to the same end.+17:21ἀπέστειλας ( apesteilas) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and therefore an adverb, auxiliary verb, and italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+17:22The perfect indicative is functioning proleptically here (cf Jn 7:39, 13:31, 17:5), since those to whom Jesus is referring aren’t even believers yet. While the UBSHS claims that the verbs in this section are best understood from the perspective of the time that John’s gospel was written (rather than from Jesus’ own vantage point; see, UBSHS [Jn], 540-1), this is most likely not the case, since such would have sounded absurd even to those who initially read John’s gospel, seeing that they themselves lived after the time in history in which this prayer is portrayed by John as being offered. Here Jesus is talking either about the giving of the Spirit (most likely; cf, eg, Jn 14-16; 2 Co 3; Eph 4:3; 1 Th 4:8), or to the glorified state (cf, eg, Rm 8:30). Either way, the event is future to the time of the speaker, and therefore the verb is functioning proleptically. The perfect tense encodes both perfective and imperfective aspect, and here may be functioning along the same lines as ἤγγικεν ( ēggiken) at Mt 3:2 (see VCC, Mt 3:2; cf also 1 Co 2:7, as well as the translation and notes at Rm 8:28-30). “As planned” is included in translation here to represent the function of the perfective aspect of the perfective/imperfective hybrid. Though proleptic/prophetic perfects typically occur in the apodosis of an implicit or explicit conditional clause (Wallace, Grammar, 581), this is not always the case (see Robertson, Grammar, 898; Jn 17:22, in fact, is cited as a specific example).+17:22τὴν δόξαν ἣν δέδωκάς μοι ( tēn doxan hēn dedōkas moi) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore an emphatic adjective has been used to give extra focus to this element. A spacer (drawn from the function of the verb in this context; see preceding note) has also been used to the same end.+17:22Lit have given. See note at “planned” above. The same holds true here.+17:22Cf Rm 8:26-20; 1 Co 2:7; Eph 4:3; Heb 2.+17:22Lit just as we. Cf NCV, TEV.+17:22ἡμεῖς ( hēmeis) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this element.+17:23ἀπέστειλας ( apesteilas) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and therefore an adverb, auxiliary verb, and italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+17:23Lit and have loved them. ME(OTB) (see NET Bible Notes, Ml 1:2-3; translation and notes at Rm 9:13). Cf Dt 7:7, 10:15; Lk 9:35; Ac 15:14; Rm 8:26-20; Eph 1:4; Col 3:12; 1 Th 1:4; 2 Th 2:13; 1 Pt 1:19-20; Re 17:14. Choice is clearly included in the intended meaning here. Even so, we should be careful to refrain from making unwarranted conclusions about the mechanics involved in the interaction between human will and divine sovereignty, since this text doesn’t say anything about these things (see notes at Rm 8:29).+17:23ἐμὲ ( eme) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and is an emphatic form of the first person accusative personal pronoun (see Black, Grammar, 66), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+17:24IT.+17:24κἀκεῖνοι ( kakeinoi) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this element. καί has also been used as a spacer to the same end.+17:24Maintaining consistency in translation with v 22 (see translation and notes there).+17:24Cf 1 Pt 1:19-20.+17:25Koine Greek often uses parataxis in places where English may prefer hypotaxis, and/or when some sort of hypotactic relationship is implied (see BDAG, 494, sv καί 1.b.β.-ζ.; BDF, §471; Wallace, Grammar, 19; NET Bible Notes, Mk 10:28). The relationship with the following clause is disjunctive in nature. Cf ESV, NET, NIV.+17:25ὁ κόσμος ( ho kosmos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this element.+17:25Or has not known. The verbs in this verse are interpreted as functioning gnomically. This is reflected in the translation. Cf ESV, LEB, NCV, NET, NIV, NLT, NRSV, TEV.+17:25ἐγὼ ( egō) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+17:25ἀπέστειλας ( apesteilas) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+17:26Cf Ex 23:20-22, 34:6-7; Jud 13:1-25.+17:26Lit be. Here εἰμί ( eimi) approximates μένω ( menō) (cf Jn 5:38, 15:7; 1 Jn 2:14, 3:17) and ἐνοικέω ( enoikeō) (cf Col 3:16) in meaning (cf ANLEX, 131, sv εἰμί 4).+17:26Lit the love with which you loved me. ἡ ἀγάπη ἣν ἠγάπησάς με ( hē agapē hēn ēgapēsas me) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore inversion has been used to give extra focus to this element.+17:26ἐγὼ ( egō) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this element.+17:26Cf Eph 3:14-19.+18:1Lit went out to the other side of the stream/valley of Kidron. ME/IT (see ANLEX, 227, sv Κεδρών; BDAG, 1082, sv χείμαρροσ/χειμάρρους; UBSHS [Jn], 548). Cf CJB.+18:1Lit where there was a [olive] grove/garden, into which he entered and his disciples. ME. Cf NASB, NCV, NIV.+18:3Lit Judas, therefore, taking the company of soldiers and the Sanhedrin officers from the chief priests and the Pharisees, came there with lanterns and torches and weapons. ME. Cf CJB, NIV, NLT, TEV. See also UBSHS (Jn), 550. The mismatch in languages here is obvious.+18:4Cf NLT, TEV.+18:5Or I myself am [he].+18:5Lit he.+18:7πάλιν ( palin) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give this element extra focus.+18:8Or that I myself am [he].+18:8ἐμὲ ( eme) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and is an emphatic form of the first person singular accusative pronoun (see Black, Grammar, 66), and therefore the clause has been structured so as to give extra focus to this element. Cf CJB.+18:8IT. Cf CJB, NCV, NLT, TEV.+18:9IT. Cf CJB, ESV, HCSB, ISV, NCV, NRSV, RSV.+18:9Lit the word which he said. ME. Cf CJB, TEV.+18:9οὐδένα ( oudena) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and therefore the clause has been structured so as to give extra focus to this element.+18:9Jn 17:6, 12+18:10τοῦ ἀρχιερέως ( tou archiereōs) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+18:11ME(I/F)/IT (see translation and notes at Mt 20:22; UBSHS [Jn], 553). Cf TEV.+18:12Lit the Jews. ME(H) (see note at Jn 1:19).+18:14IT. Cf NLT.+18:14Lit the Jews. ME(H) (see note at Jn 1:19).+18:14ἕνα ἄνθρωπον ( hena anthrōpon) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+18:14Cf Jn 11:50.+18:15Σίμων Πέτρος καὶ ἄλλος μαθητής ( Simōn Petros kai allos mathētēs) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and therefore δὲ ( de) has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this element.+18:15IT. Cf NLT; NET, NIV at v 16.+18:16IT. Cf NLT here and at v 15.+18:17καὶ σὺ ( kai su) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give this element extra focus.+18:17Lit that one.+18:18ἀνθρακιὰν ( anthrakian) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+18:18ψῦχος ( psuchos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element.+18:20παρρησίᾳ ( parrēsia) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element, which has also been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+18:20πάντοτε ( pantote) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+18:20πάντες οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ( pantes hoi Youdaioi) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element.+18:20Lit the Jews. ME(H) (see notes at Jn 1:19). Cf NET.+18:20Lit spoken. Here Jesus is referring to teaching and proclaiming the message (see v 19). Cf ESV, ISV, NRSV, RSV, TEV at Tit 2:1; NCV at v 21 below. He obviously doesn’t mean he never said anything out of the public eye.+18:20ἐν κρυπτῷ ( en kruptō) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft has been used to give extra focus to this element within the ME (see following note).+18:20Lit in secret, or in a secret place. ME (see translation and note at Jn 7:4).+18:21με ( me) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft has been used to give extra focus to this element.+18:21Lit who have heard what I spoke to them. ME (see note at “taught” above). Cf NCV.+18:21οὗτοι ( outoi) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this element.+18:21Cf Jn 7:32, 45-52.+18:22Lit These things he having said. Cf CJB.+18:22Lit Thus do you answer the high priest? ME (see UBSHS [Jn], 560). Cf Brc, TEV.+18:23κακῶς ( kakōs) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore the clause has been structured so as to give extra focus to this element within the ME (see following note).+18:23Lit If I have spoken wrongly/badly/incorrectly. ME (see UBSHS [Jn], 561). Cf JB. The opposite of speaking “well” (ie, the truth; cf the ISV, NCV, NIV, and NLT in the second part of the verse).+18:23Cf HCSB.+18:23Lit But if well/correctly. ME. Cf ISV, NCV, NIV, NLT.+18:23τί ( ti) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft has been used to give extra focus to this element.+18:25IT. Cf NET, NLT.+18:25καὶ σὺ ( kai su) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this element.+18:25Lit he.+18:26συγγενὴς οὗ ἀπέκοψεν Πέτρος τὸ ὠτίον ( sungenēs hou apekopsen Petros to ōtion) is in a split focal position is in P2 (see BART Display; LDGNT). The preposed element has been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+18:26σε ( se) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+18:26Lit with him.+18:27πάλιν ( palin) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element.+18:27ἀλέκτωρ ( alektōr) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+18:28This is an indefinite plural. For more on indefinite plurals, see Wallace, Grammar, 402-3.+18:28IT. NCV, TEV.+18:28Or residence, or palace. Lit to the Praetorium.+18:28Lit they (see v 31). Cf TEV.+18:28Lit lest they become ritually defiled. ME (see UBSHS [Jn], 565). Cf Brc.+18:29πρὸς αὐτοὺς ( pros autous) is in a DFE position (see BART Display). οὖν ( oun) has thus been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this element.+18:30κακὸν ( kakon) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+18:30σοι ( soi) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+18:31κατὰ τὸν νόμον ὑμῶν ( kata ton nomon humōn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a possessive adjective has been used to give extra focus to this element.+18:31Lit It is not legal for us to kill anyone. ME(H)/IT (see NET Bible Notes, Jn 18:31; UBSHS [Jn], 567). Cf NLT.+18:31Lit the Jews. ME(H) (see note at Jn 1:19). Cf NET.+18:32IT. Cf NCV, NET, NIV, TEV.+18:32Lit so that the word of Jesus. ME. Cf CJB, NCV.+18:32Maintaining consistency in translation with Jn 12:33 (see translation and notes there).+18:32Cf Jn 12:33.+18:33Lit summoned Jesus. ME (see UBSHS [Jn], 569).+18:33Lit he.+18:34ἀπὸ σεαυτοῦ ( apo seautou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+18:34Lit from yourself. ME. Cf ESV, RSV.+18:34ἄλλοι ( alloi) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+18:35Ἰουδαῖός ( Youdaios) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+18:35τὸ ἔθνος τὸ σὸν καὶ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς ( to ethnos to son kai hoi archiereis) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+18:35Or nation.+18:36ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου ( ek tou kosmou toutou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a cleft-construction has been used to give extra focus to this element.+18:36While most contrary-to-fact conditions with an imperfect verb in both the protasis and apodosis signal present time (according to Wallace; see Wallace, Grammar, 695), there are exceptions, especially when “the imperfect of εἰμί [is used] in the protasis” ( Ibid). This seems to be a good example of an exception, since Jesus at this point has already been handed over to the Jewish authorities. Cf CJB, ESV, NCV.+18:36According to BDAG, ἀγωνίζομαι ( agōnizomai) in this context refers to a fight or struggle using weapons (see BDAG, 17, sv 2.a.). Cf Mt 24:6; Ac 5:36-37; 21:38.+18:36Lit the Jews. ME(H) (see note at Jn 1:19). Cf NET, TEV.+18:37βασιλεὺς ( baslieus) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+18:37σὺ ( su) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an ME has been used to give extra focus to this element (lit you [focal] say). See note at Mt 26:25.+18:37βασιλεὺς ( baslieus) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+18:37Or listens to, or heeds. Cf Jn 10:16, 27.+18:37Or my voice.+18:38Lit to the Jews. ME(H) (see notes at Jn 1:19). Cf NET.+18:38πάλιν ( palin) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element.+18:38Lit nothing in him.+18:38Drawing from the BSL in translation here (see BSL, Lk 23:14, sv αἴτιος; Ibid, Jn 18:38, sv αἰτία).+18:39ἕνα ( ena) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis. The element has also been placed in clause-final to the same end.+18:39Lit one person, or one man. Cf HCSB, NCV, NET, NLT, NIV.+19:1The verbs here are functioning causatively/ergatively. For more on causative/ergative actives (in which the subject is the ultimate source behind the action), see Wallace, Grammar, 411. Cf CJB, HCSB, ISV, NCV, NET, NIV, NLT, TEV.+19:2Lit twisting together a victor’s crown out of thorns/thorn plants/thorn branches. ME. Cf TEV.+19:2ἱμάτιον πορφυροῦν ( himation porphuroun) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore a demonstrative pronoun and colon have been used to give extra focus to this element.+19:2See note at Mk 15:17.+19:4Lit to them. Cf CJB, TEV.+19:6ὑμεῖς ( humeis) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this element.+19:6Lit I don’t find in him a reason. ME. Cf TEV.+19:7νόμον ( nomon) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+19:7Lit the Jews. ME(H) (see note at Jn 1:19).+19:7Lit he must die. ME (OTB) (see Lv 24:16). Cf CJB.+19:7υἱὸν θεοῦ ( huion theou) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+19:9πάλιν ( palin) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+19:9ἀπόκρισιν ( apokrisin) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore the negative particle has been placed directly before this element to give it extra focus. The element has also been placed in clause-final to the same end.+19:10λαλεῖς ( laleis) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT), has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+19:10The verbs here are functioning causatively/ergatively. For more on causative/ergative actives (in which the subject is the ultimate source behind the action), see Wallace, Grammar, 411.+19:11οὐδεμίαν ( oudemian) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element. Cf HCSB, ISV, ESV, NLT.+19:11μείζονα ἁμαρτίαν ( meizona hamartian) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an ascensive adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element.+19:11Cf Nu 15:30; Jn 11:45-53.+19:12Or Because of this.+19:12Lit the Jews. ME(H) (see note at Jn 1:19). Cf NET, NLT.+19:12Or you are not a friend of Caesar/the Emperor. ME(H) (see NET Bible Notes, Jn 19:12; UBSHS [Jn], 580). Cf CJB, NLT.+19:12βασιλέα ( basilea) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+19:13Or Hebrew.+19:14Lit the hour was about the sixth. ME(H). Cf ISV, NCV, NET, NLT, NRSV, TEV.+19:14Lit he.+19:14Or to the people. Lit the Jews. ME(H) (see note at Jn 1:19; NET Bible Notes, Jn 19:14). Cf NET.+19:15τὸν βασιλέα ὑμῶν ( ton basilea humōn) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+19:15Or but Caesar.+19:16Lit So then he handed him over to them that he may be crucified. ME (see UBSHS [Jn], 583). Cf GeCL.+19:16Lit they.+19:17Lit he.+19:17Κρανίου ( Kraniou) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and has thus been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+19:17Or Hebrew.+19:18ἐσταύρωσαν ( estaurōsan) is in a DFE position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+19:19Lit It was written. ME. Cf CJB, ESV, NCV, NLT, NIV, NRSV, RSV.+19:20πολλοὶ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ( polloi tōn Youdaiōn) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT). An adverb has been used to give extra focus to the preposed element. The passive voice has also been used in translation in order to allow this element to land in clause-final for primary focus and stress.+19:20Lit of the Jews. ME(H) (see note at Jn 1:19; NET Bible Notes, Jn 19:20). Since this is the Passover, it is likely that more than just the residents of Jerusalem are meant (cf NET).+19:20ἐγγὺς ( engus) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+19:20Or Hebrew.+19:21Lit the chief priests of the Jews. ME. Cf ISV.+19:21βασιλεύς τῶν Ἰουδαίων ( baslieus tōn Youdaiōn) is in a split focal position (see BART Display; cf LDGNT). The preposed element has been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+19:23ἑκάστῳ στρατιώτῃ ( hekastō stratiōtē) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+19:23Lit and the inner garment. Since this garment wasn’t torn, it relates to the first verb only. This has been made clear in translation. Cf NCV, NLT, TEV.+19:23Lit the tunic. ME(H) (see BSL, Jn 19:23, sv χιτών; NET Bible Notes, Jn 19:23).+19:24Lit they.+19:24IT. Cf CJB, NCV, NET, NIV, TEV.+19:24ἐπὶ τὸν ἱματισμόν μου ( epi ton himatismon mou) is in P2 (see BART Display; note, though, that the BART Display is marked for focal ambiguity), and therefore italics have been used to give this element extra focus and emphasis.+19:24Ps 22:18+19:24EFE. In Greek, μὲν ( men) is a forward-pointing device that functions to build anticipation (see Runge, Disc Grammar, 74-83).+19:24Οἱ στρατιῶται ( hoi stratiōtai) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore οὖν ( oun) has also been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this element. The clause has also been structured to so as to allow this element to land in clause-final.+19:26ME(H)/IT (see note at Mt 15:28). Cf NCV, NIV, NLT.+19:27Lit And from that hour. ME. Cf NCV, NIV, NLT.+19:28Or was completed.+19:28Ps 69:21+19:29σκεῦος ( skeuos) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore inversion has been used to give extra focus to this element.+19:29ὄξους ( oxous) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+19:29σπόγγον μεστὸν τοῦ ὄξους ( spongon meston tou oxous) and ὑσσώπῳ ( hussōpō) are in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore οὖν ( oun) has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to these elements.+19:29Cf Ex 12:22; Lv 14:4; Nu 19:6, 18.+19:29Lit they.+19:29Lit his.+19:30Lit had taken. ME (see BDAG, 583, sv λαμβάνω 1; UBSHS [Jn], 592).+19:31παρασκευὴ ( paraskeuē) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore italics have been used to give extra focus and emphasis to this constituent.+19:31Lit the Jews. ME(H) (see note at Jn 1:19).+19:31Lit for the day of that Sabbath was great. ME(H)/IT (see UBSHS [Jn], 594). Cf Gdsp; Phps; NLT.+19:31Lit The Jewish leaders, since it was the day of preparation, so that the bodies would not remain on the cross on the Sabbath, for the day of that Sabbath was great, asked Pilate that he may break their legs and take them away. The mismatch in languages is obvious here. Cf HCSB, NCV, NET, NIV, TEV.+19:32Lit came and broke the legs of the first [man] and of the other who had been crucified with him. Cf NET.+19:33ἐπὶ τὸν Ἰησοῦν ( epi ton Yēsoun) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore δὲ ( de) has been used as a spacer to give extra focus to this element.+19:34λόγχῃ ( lonchē) and αὐτοῦ τὴν πλευρὰν ( autou tēn pleuran) are in P2 (see BART Display; cf LDGNT), and therefore commas have been used to give extra focus to λόγχῃ, which has itself been used as a spacer to give extra focus to αὐτοῦ τὴν πλευρὰν.+19:34Lit his.+19:34αἷμα καὶ ὕδωρ ( haima kai hudōr) is in a DFE position (see BART Display), and therefore the clause has been structured so as to allow this element to land in clause-final. Cf NIV.+19:35Lit has testified, or has borne witness. ME.+19:35καὶ ὑμεῖς ( kai humeis) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an intensive pronoun has been used to give extra focus to this element. καὶ has also been used as a spacer to the same end.+19:35αὐτοῦ ( autou) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+19:35ἀληθινὴ ( alēthinē) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore an adverb has been used to give extra focus to this element.+19:35Or true, or faithful, or accurate.+19:35ἀληθῆ ( alēthē) is in P2 (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+19:35Following the lead of the TEV in the structuring of the verse here. Cf also ESV, HCSB, NET, NIV, NRSV, RSV.+19:36ὀστοῦν αὐτοῦ ( ostoun autou) is in a split focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and therefore the negative particle has been used to give extra focus to this element.+19:36Ex 12:46; Nu 9:12; Ps 34:20+19:37πάλιν ( palin) is in P2 (see BART Display), and therefore a comma has been used to give extra focus to this element.+19:37ἑτέρα ( hetera) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+19:37ἑτέρα γραφὴ ( etera graphē) is in P2 (see BART Display), and has therefore been placed in clause-final for extra focus and stress.+19:37Zc 12:10+19:38Lit the Jews. ME(H) (see note at Jn 1:19).+19:39Lit to him.+19:39Lit also came. Cf NET.+19:39Lit about 100 litrai. ME(H). Cf HCSB, NCV, NET, NIV, NLT.+19:40Lit they. Cf NCV, TEV.+19:40Lit as is the custom of the Jews to prepare for burial. ME. Cf NET, NIV.+19:41Lit he.+19:41Lit a new tomb in which no one had yet been placed. ME. Cf NCV, NLT.+19:42ἐγγὺς ( engus) is in an embedded focal position (see BART Display and LDGNT), and has therefore been italicized for extra focus and emphasis.+19:42Lit placed Jesus. ME/IT. Cf NET, TEV.
=